Docstoc

ROMANIA

Document Sample
ROMANIA Powered By Docstoc
					Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                 Government of Romania
                 Ministry of Public Finance
                 Central Finance & Contracts Unit


                 S.C. APA GRUP S.A.



                 Botoşani : Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the
                 Water Supply, Sewerage Collection and
                 Wastewater Treatment Systems –

                              Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and
                               Modelling equipment for the water and
                               wastewater network
                              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03



                 TENDER DOSSIER


                 February 2006
MVV Consulting GmbH
c/o S.C. APA GRUP S.A.
3 O. Onicescu Street, Botoşani, Romania
Telephone/Fax: +40-231-511 301
E-mail:          office@rajapabt.ro




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                   1 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                       ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


LETTER OF INVITATION TO TENDER


<Name and address of potential Tenderer>
                                                                                                                                  Bucharest, May 2006

      Our ref.: EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO

Dear Mr/Ms <Name of person to contact>

                              SUBJECT: INVITATION TO TENDER FOR
                    “Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
                               for the water and wastewater network”
                                        Botoşani, ROMANIA

Further to your enquiry regarding the publication of the above-mentioned invitation to tender, please find
enclosed the following documents, which constitute the tender dossier:


INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS ...............................................................................................................
  1. SUPPLIES TO BE PROVIDED ..............................................................................................................
  2. TIMETABLE ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. Participation............................................................................................................................................
  4. Origin ......................................................................................................................................................
  5. Type of contract .....................................................................................................................................
  6. Currency .................................................................................................................................................
  7. Lots .........................................................................................................................................................
  8. Period of validity .....................................................................................................................................
  9. Language of offers .................................................................................................................................
  10. Submission of tenders ..........................................................................................................................
  11. Content of tenders ................................................................................................................................
  12. Pricing ..................................................................................................................................................
  13. Additional information before the deadline for submission of tenders .................................................
  14. Clarification meeting / site visit .............................................................................................................
  15. Alteration or withdrawal of tenders .......................................................................................................
  16. Costs of preparing tenders ...................................................................................................................
  17. Ownership of tenders ...........................................................................................................................
  18. Joint venture or consortium ..................................................................................................................
  19. Opening of tenders ...............................................................................................................................
  20. Evaluation of tenders ...........................................................................................................................
  21. Signature of the contract and performance guarantee ........................................................................
  22. Tender guarantee .................................................................................................................................
  23. Ethics clauses ......................................................................................................................................
  24. Cancellation of the tender procedure ...................................................................................................
DRAFT CONTRACT AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS, INCLUDING ANNEXES ..............................................
  DRAFT CONTRACT ..................................................................................................................................
  SPECIAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................................
  ANNEX I: GENERAL CONDITIONS ..........................................................................................................
  ANNEX II: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................................................................
  ANNEX III: Model financial offer.................................................................................................................
  ANNEX IV: Model performance guarantee ................................................................................................
  ANNEX V: pre-financing guarantee form ...................................................................................................
FURTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................
  GLOSSARY................................................................................................................................................
  ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE GRID ..................................................................................................
  EVALUATION GRID ..................................................................................................................................
  TECHNICAL EVALUATION GRID .............................................................................................................
TENDER FORM FOR A SUPPLY CONTRACT .............................................................................................

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                                    2 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

For full information about procurement procedures please consult the Practical Guide to contract
procedures financed by the general budget of the European Communities in the context of external
actions,      which     can     be      downloaded       from the    following    web     page:
http://europa.eu.int/comm/europeaid/tender/index_en.htm.
Any request for clarification must be received by the Contracting Authority in writing at least 21 days
before the deadline for submission of tenders. The Contracting Authority will reply to tenderers’ questions
at least 11 days before the deadline for submission of tenders. If the Contracting Authority, either on its
own initiative or in response to a request from a tenderer, provides additional information on the tender
dossier, it will send such information in writing to all tenderers at the same time.
Costs incurred by the tenderer in preparing and submitting the tender proposals will not be reimbursed.
We look forward to receiving your tender and the accompanying tender guarantee at the address
specified in the Instructions to Tenderers before 31 July, 12:00 local hour, as stated in the Procurement
Notice




Yours sincerely,
Carmen ROSU
CFCU Director, SAO




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               3 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
PUBLICATION REF.: EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO
In submitting a tender, the tenderer accepts in full and without restriction the special and general
conditions governing this contract as the sole basis of this tendering procedure, whatever his own
conditions of sale may be, which he hereby waives. Tenderers are expected to examine carefully and
comply with all instructions, forms, contract provisions and specifications contained in this tender dossier.
Failure to submit a tender containing all the required information and documentation within the deadline
specified will lead to the rejection of the tender. No account can be taken of any reservation in the tender
as regards the tender dossier; any reservation will result in the immediate rejection of the tender without
further evaluation.
A glossary of the terms used here is included in Part C of this tender dossier.

                                   1. SUPPLIES TO BE PROVIDED

1.1 The subject of the contract is the delivery, installation, commissioning, maintenance, training where
required service by the Contractor of the following goods in 3 Lots:



   LOT No. 1: Leak detection, flow measurements and maintenance equipments for water
              network



  Item ID                                 Description/Specifications                                   Units
  L 1.1      Mobile Leak Detection Unit (including van)                                                  1
                      L 1.1.1 Logger System for Leak Noise Detection                                     1
                      L 1.1.2 Correlator Unit                                                            1
                      L 1.1.3 Exact Leak Detection Equipment                                             1
                      L 1.1.4 Trace Locator for Buried Metallic Pipes and Cables                         1
                      L 1.1.5 Buried Lid Locator                                                         1
                      L 1.1.6 Trace Locator for Buried Non-Metallic Pipes                                1
                      L 1.1.7 Vehicle (van)                                                              1
  L 1.2      Ultrasonic Flow Measuring Device                                                            3
  L 1.3      Electromagnetic Insertion Flow Measuring Device                                             8
  L 1.4      Data loggers                                                                                8
  L 1.5      Set of tools                                                                                4
                      L 1.5.1 Waste water motor-pump                                                     4
                      L 1.5.2 Three -phase current generating set                                        4
                      L 1.5.3 Inverter type welding machine for manual welding                           4
                      L 1.5.4 Rotary hammer 2 kg                                                         4
                      L 1.5.5 Rotary hammer 11 kg                                                        4
                      L 1.5.6 Drilling and threading machine, with chuck                                 4
                      L 1.5.6 Angle Grinder 115                                                          4
                      L 1.5.7 Angle Grinder 125                                                          4
                      L 1.5.8 Angle Grinder 250                                                          4
                      L 1.5.9 Electric Saw                                                               4
                      L 1.5.10 Electrofusion unit for joining (welding) PE pipes                         4
                      L 1.5.11 Plumbers' tools kit                                                       4
                      L 1.5.12 Electricians' tools kit                                                   4
                      L 1.5.13 Mechanic-Locksmith's tools kit                                            4




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                    4 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


   LOT No. 2: Mobile units for sewer inspection and cleaning
  Item ID                               Description/Specifications                                      Units
   L 2.1     Mobile unit for sewer inspection (including van)                                            1
                      L 2.1.1 Electronic Leak Detection System                                            1
                      L 2.1.2 CCTV Device                                                                 1
                      L 2.1.3 Vehicle (van)                                                               1
  L 2.2      Combined Sewer Cleaning Vehicle                                                              1
  L 2.3      High Pressure Jetting Van                                                                    1


   LOT No. 3: GIS & Modelling Equipment and Software
  Item ID                             Description/Specifications                                        Units
  L 3.1      GIS Server                                                                                  1
  L 3.2      Graphical Workstations                                                                      5
  L 3.3      Laptops                                                                                     4
  L 3.4      Hi-Speed USB Flash Drive                                                                    8
  L 3.5      UPS 2200 VA                                                                                 1
  L 3.6      UPS 1500 VA                                                                                 5
  L 3.7      A4 Mobile Printer                                                                           1
  L 3.8      A3 Inkjet Colour Printer                                                                    1
  L 3.9      A4 Laser Colour Printer                                                                     1
  L 3.10     A0 Scanner                                                                                  1
  L 3.11     GIS Software:                                                                               1
                      L 3.11.1 License for Server GIS software                                            1
                      L 3.11.2 License for creating/modifying data                                        3
                      L 3.11.3 License for creating/modifying data and validating the data                2
                      L 3.11.4 License for viewing data only                                              10
                      L 3.11.5 License for mobile GIS                                                     1
  L 3.12     Modelling software:                                                                          1
                      L 3.12.1 Water networks modelling                                                   2
                      L 3.12.2 Wastewater networks modelling                                              1
  L 3.13     Total station                                                                                2
  L 3.14     GPS Receiver                                                                                 2

at designated locations of the SC APA GRUP SA, Botosani County, 3 Octav Onicescu Street, Botosani,
Romania, DDU (delivered duty unpaid, Incoterms 2000) within 4 months from signature of contract by
both parties for lots 1, 2 and 3. The address details for delivery are included in Annex II, Part 1 Technical
Specifications.
The responsible person for delivery in Botosani County will be:
                                             Mr. Liviu STEFAN
                                       Address: SC APA GRUP SA
                                         Str. Octav Onicescu nr. 3,
                                         Botosani, judet Botosani,
                                               Cod 1000 Ro
                                     Tel.& Fax no.: +4 0231 51 13 01;
                                         E-mail office@rajapabt.ro
1.2 The supplies must comply fully with the technical specifications set out in the tender dossier (technical
   annex) and conform in all respects with the drawings, quantities, models, samples, measurements and
   other instructions.
1.3 The supplies described under lot(s) no 1 – 3 must be accompanied by a “lot” of spare parts and/or of
   consumables. Neither the unit price nor the overall price of the spare parts will figure in the evaluation
   of the tender, except where the unit price or the number of parts varies substantially between the
   tenders received. The list of spare parts must be drawn up by the tenderer in the light of his
   professional experience and taking account of the places of use; it must show the unit prices of the

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                     5 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

   parts, calculated on the basis of Article 11 (below). Nevertheless, the Contracting Authority reserves
   the right to alter the list of spare parts; any changes will appear in the contract. Please note that spare
   parts and/or consumables shall not be part of the present contract.
1.4 Tenderers are not authorised to tender for a variant in addition to the present tender.

                                               2. TIMETABLE
                                                           DATE                TIME*
Deadline for request for any clarifications from the       10 July             16:00
Contracting Authority
Clarification meeting / site visit (if any)                Not applicable      Not applicable
Last date on which clarifications are issued by the        20 July             16:00
Contracting Authority
Deadline for submission of tenders                         31 July 2006        12:00
Tender opening session                                     31 July 2006        14:00
Notification of award to the successful tenderer           September 2006      -
Signature of the contract                                  September 2006      -
* All times are in the time zone of the country of the Contracting Authority
* Provisional date


                                              3. PARTICIPATION
3.1 Participation in tendering is open on equal terms to all natural and legal persons of the Member
    States of the European Union and of the beneficiary countries of the ISPA Programme (Bulgaria,
    Romania), Turkey, of the SAP-countries (Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Croatia, Former Yugoslav
    Republic of Macedonia, Serbia-Montenegro) and the countries covered by the Regulation on access
    to Community external assistance (Lichtenstein, Norway, Iceland). All works, supplies and services
    must originate in one or more of these countries.
3.2 These terms refer to all nationals of the said states and to all legal entities, companies or partnerships
     constituted under, and governed by, the civil, commercial or public law of such states and having
     their statutory office, central administration or principal place of business there. A legal entity,
     company or partnership having only its statutory office there must be engaged in an activity which
     has an effective and continuous link with the economy of the state concerned. Tenderers must
     provide evidence of their status.
3.3 These rules apply to:
         a) Tenderers
         b) Members of a consortium
         c) Any subcontractors.
3.4 Natural persons, companies or undertakings meeting the conditions set out in section 2.3.3 of the
    Practical Guide to contract procedures for EC external actions are excluded from participation in and
    the award of contracts. Otherwise they risk exclusion from contracts and grants in accordance with
    section 2.3.5 of the Practical Guide. Tenderers or candidates who have been guilty of making false
    declarations will also incur financial penalties representing 10% of the total value of the contract
    being awarded. That rate may be increased to 20% in the event of a repeat offence within five years
    of the first infringement.
3.5 To be eligible for participation in this tender procedure, tenderers must prove to the satisfaction of the
     Contracting Authority that they comply with the necessary legal, technical and financial requirements
     and have the wherewithal to carry out the contract effectively.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  6 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                                                  4. ORIGIN
4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, supplies must originate in a Member State of the
     European Union, ISPA Programme beneficiary countries (Bulgaria, Romania), Turkey and of the
     SAP-countries (Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Croatia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia,
     Serbia-Montenegro) or in the countries covered by the Regulation on access to Community external
     assistance (Lichtenstein, Norway, Iceland). The origin of the goods must be determined according to
     the Community Customs Code or the international agreements to which the country concerned is a
     signatory.
4.2 When submitting his tender, the tenderer must state expressly that all the goods meet the
    requirements concerning origin and must state the respective countries of origin. He may be asked
    to provide additional information in this connection.



                                        5. TYPE OF CONTRACT
Unit price with itemised expenditure.



                                               6. CURRENCY
Tenders must be presented in Euro.



                                                    7. LOTS
7.1 The tenderer may submit a tender for one only, several lots or all of the lots.
7.2 Each lot will form a separate contract and the quantities indicated for different lots will be indivisible.
     The tenderer must offer the whole of the quantity or quantities indicated for each lot. Under no
     circumstances must tenders for part of the quantities required be taken into consideration. If the
     tenderer is awarded more than one lot, a single contract may be concluded covering all those lots.
7.3 A tenderer may include in his tender the overall discount he would grant in the event of some or all
     of the lots for which he has submitted a tender being awarded. The discount should be clearly
     indicated for each lot in such a way that it can be announced during the public tender opening
     session
7.4 Contracts will be awarded lot by lot, but the Contracting Authority may select the most favourable
    overall solution after taking account of any discounts offered.



                                        8. PERIOD OF VALIDITY
8.1 Tenderers shall be bound by their tenders for a period of 90 days from the deadline for the
    submission of tenders.
8.2 In exceptional cases and prior to the expiry of the original tender validity period, the Contracting
     Authority may ask tenderers in writing to extend this period by 40 days. Tenderers that agree to do
     so will not be permitted to modify their tenders. If they refuse, their participation in the tender
     procedure will be terminated.
8.3 The successful tenderer will be bound by his tender for a further period of 60 days following receipt of
     the notification that he has been selected. The further period is added to the initial period of 90 days
     irrespective of the date of notification.



                                      9. LANGUAGE OF OFFERS
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  7 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

9.1 The offers, all correspondence and documents related to the tender exchanged by the tenderer and
     the Contracting Authority must be written in the language of the procedure which is English.
9.2 Supporting documents and printed literature furnished by the tenderer may be in another language,
     provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation into the language of the procedure. For
     the purposes of interpretation of the tender, English will prevail.




                                    10. SUBMISSION OF TENDERS
10.1 Tenders must be received before the deadline specified in the letter of invitation to tender. They
    must include all the documents specified in point 11 of these Instructions and be sent to the following
    address:
                            CENTRAL FINANCE AND CONTRACTS UNIT
                                   44 Mircea Voda Blvd., Entrance B
                                      Sector 3, Bucharest, Romania
                                  Attn: Aurelia RADU, Project Manager
                             Tel: +4021 326 55 55; Fax: +4021 326 87 30
Tenders must comply with the following conditions:
10.2 All tenders must be submitted in one original, marked “original”, and 5 copies signed in the same
     way as the original and marked “copy”.
10.3 All tenders must be received at Central Finance and Contracts Unit before the deadline date and
    time, 31 July 2006, 12:00 hours local time, by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or
    hand-delivered against receipt signed by Mrs. Aurelia RADU or her representative.
10.4 All tenders, including annexes and all supporting documents, must be submitted in a sealed
    envelope bearing only:
        a)     the above address;
        b)     the reference code of this tender procedure, (Publication reference
               EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO);
        c)      where applicable, the number of the lot(s) tendered for;
        d)      the words “Not to be opened before the tender opening session” in the language of the
               tender dossier and “A nu se deschide inaintea sedintei de deschidere a ofertelor”;
        e)     the name of the tenderer.
   The financial bid must be placed in a sealed envelope with the technical bid for each lot. The
   envelopes should then be placed in another single sealed envelope/package, unless their volume
   requires a separate submission for each lot.



                                      11. CONTENT OF TENDERS
All tenders submitted must comply with the requirements in the tender dossier and comprise:
11.1 A technical offer consisting of:
     a) detailed description of the supplies tendered in conformity with the technical specifications,
        including any documentation required, including if applicable;
     b) the proposal for after-sales service shall include (which is not subject of the contract):
          - description of after-sales service plan with the indication of the maximum duration for which
        the service and spare parts are guaranteed available, after the end of the warranty period;
             - the statement that after-sales service shall be assured in Romania.
     c) a training proposal as indicated in the technical specifications under relevant lot.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 8 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

11.2 A financial offer calculated on a basis of DDU for the supplies tendered, including if applicable :
           a) the costs of commissioning, the costs of putting into operation and/or installation; (to be
           included in item cost and not quoted separately)
           b) financial proposal for training
           c) An electronic version of the financial offer in template format is required.


11.3 Documentation:

            To be supplied following templates in annex*:
                 The tender guarantee, relevant for each lot, for a fixed amount as indicated in the notice of
                  invitation to tender, must be provided according to the model annexed to the tender
                  dossier;

                 The “Tender Form for a Supply Contract”, duly completed, which includes the tenderer’s
                  declaration, point 7, (from each member if a consortium);
                 The details of the bank account into which payments should be made (financial
                  identification form);


                 The legal entity file and the supporting documents;

              To be supplied on free formats:

                 A description of the organisation of the warranty tendered, which must be in accordance
                  with the conditions laid down in Article 32 of the General Conditions.
                 A description of the organisation of the commercial warranty tendered.

          A statement by the tenderer attesting the origin of the supplies tendered (or other proofs
           of origin).

          Duly authorised signature: an official document (statutes, power of attorney, notary
           statement, etc.) proving that the person who signs on behalf of the company/joint
           venture/consortium is duly authorised to do so.

11.4 A description of the firm's qualifications as requested in the Procurement Notice, article 16, as
follows:
a) Economic and financial standing of candidate (firm or consortium):
           i) Average annual turnover of the tenderer (firm or JV/consortium, all together) for the last three
           years (2003 - 2005) shall be a minimum 500,000 Euro:
           ii) Average annual operating profit of the tenderer (firm or JV/consortium, all together) must be
           positive over the last 3 years (2003, 2004, 2005).
The information shall be presented in the following format:
                  Financial Data                           2003             2004              2005
Leader            Annual turnover (Euro)
                  Annual Operating profit (Euro)
Partner           Annual turnover (Euro)
                  Annual Operating profit (Euro)
Etc.


b) Professional capacity of candidate(s) (firm or consortium):

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                        9 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

The tenderer must provide evidence of manufacturer’s certification to ISO 9001 standard or equivalent for
the supplies offered.

For the projects listed as relevant experience, the tenderer will provide letters of confirmation from the
respective beneficiary (client) proving the successful completion of the project in question.
Recommendations from the beneficiaries of the completed project are required.
c) Technical capacity:
For each Lot tendered, the tenderer (firm or JV/consortium, all together) should have completed at least
two (2) contracts - during the last five (5) years (2001 – up to the deadline for submission of offers) -
where he has provided similar items as described below:
-     For lot 1: Mobile Leak Detection Equipment (similar to item L 1.1, excluding vehicle), ultrasonic
      flowmeters ( similar to item L 1.2) and data loggers ( similar to item L 1.4)

-     For lot 2: Mobile Unit for Sewer Inspection (similar to item L 2.1) and Combined Sewer Cleaning
      Vehicle (similar to item L 2.1)

-     For lot 3: GIS Software (similar to item L 3.11) and Modelling Software (similar to item L 3.12)
      Ref #         Project Title
    (max.10)
    Name of     Country    Contract     Proportion carried        Name of      Source     Date       Name of
    tenderer               Value (€)     out by tenderer          Client and      of                Partners, if
                                               (%)                 Contact     funding                 any
                                                                   details

                                                                                         Ancillary services
               Detailed description of supplies provided
                                                                                         provided

                                                                                          the
For the projects listed as relevant experience, the tenderer will provide letters of confirmation from
respective beneficiary (client) proving the successful completion of the project in question.
Recommendations from the beneficiaries of the completed project are required.

11.10 A statement to the effect that they are not in any of the situations listed in point 2.3.3 of the
      Practical Guide to contracts procedures financed by the general budget of the European
      Communities in the context of external actions, published on the internet at the following
      address:http://europa.eu.int/comm/europeaid/tender/gestion/index_en.htm.
“Point 2.3.3 Grounds for exclusion
Candidates or tenderers will be excluded from participation in a procurement procedure if:
          (a) they are bankrupt or being wound up, are having their affairs administered by the courts, have
          entered into an arrangement with creditors, have suspended business activities, are the subject
          of proceedings concerning those matters, or are in any analogous situation arising from a similar
          procedure provided for in national legislation or regulations;
          (b) they have been convicted of an offence concerning their professional conduct by a judgment
          which has the force of res judicata;
          (c) they have been guilty of grave professional misconduct proven by any means which the
          Contracting Authority can justify;
          (d) they have not fulfilled obligations relating to the payment of social security contributions or the
          payment of taxes in accordance with the legal provisions of the country in which they are
          established or with those of the country of the Contracting Authority or those of the country where
          the contract is to be performed;
          (e) they have been the subject of a judgement which has the force of res judicata for fraud,
          corruption, involvement in a criminal organisation or any other illegal activity detrimental to the
          Communities' financial interests;
          (f) following another procurement procedure or grant award procedure financed by the
          Community budget, they have been declared to be in serious breach of contract for failure to
          comply with their contractual obligations.”
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                      10 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        (g) Tenderers must, in addition, provide a sworn statement that their situations have not altered in
        the period that has elapsed since the evidence in question was drawn up.”
        11.11 Copies of documents showing the legal status and place of registration of the headquarters
        of the tenderer. (in case of JV, for all partners of the JV).
        11.12 If the case may be, Sub-contracting Statement, indicating clearly the activities that are to
        be sub-contracted and the nationalities of the sub-contractors. The tenderer is drawn the
        attention that the sub-contractors should comply with the eligibility requirements detailed in point
        3.1 of the present Tender Dossier, Section A and the requirements detailed in point 2.3.3 of the
        Practical Guide to contracts procedures financed by the general budget. In case the tenderer
        sub-contracts some contractual activities, the tenderer shall include a statement of the Tenderer
        that the respective subcontractor(s) is not in any of the situations described in point 2.3.3 of the
        Practical Guide to contracts procedures financed by the general budget.

                                                 12. PRICING
12.1 Tenderers will be deemed to have satisfied themselves, before submitting their tender(s), as to
      (its)(their) correctness and completeness, to have taken account of all that is required for the full
      and proper execution of the contract and to have included all costs in their rates and prices.
12.2 Depending on whether the supplies proposed are manufactured locally or are to be imported into the
     country of the Beneficiary, Tenderers must quote, by lot, unit (and overall) prices for their tenders on
     one of the following bases:
      a)     for supplies manufactured locally, unit and overall prices must be quoted for delivery to the
             place of destination and in accordance with the above conditions, excluding all domestic
             taxation applicable to their manufacture and sale;
      b)     for supplies to be imported into the country of the Beneficiary, unit and overall prices must be
             quoted for delivery to the place of destination and in accordance with the above conditions,
             excluding all duties and taxes applicable to their importation and VAT, from which they are
             exempt.
12.3 Whatever the origin of the supplies, the contract is exempt from stamp and registration duties.
12.4 The prices for the contract are fixed and not subject to revision.



 13. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION BEFORE THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF
                              TENDERS
The tender dossier should be clear enough to preclude the need for candidates invited to tender to
request additional information during the procedure. If the Contracting Authority, either on its own
initiative or in response to a request from a prospective tenderer, provides additional information on the
tender dossier, it must send such information in writing to all other prospective tenderers at the same
time.
Tenderers may submit questions in writing to the following address up to 21 days before the deadline for
submission of tenders, specifying the publication reference EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO and the contract
title “Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water and wastewater
network”:
                             CENTRAL FINANCE AND CONTRACTING UNIT
                                     44 Mircea Voda Blvd, Entrance B,
                                       Sector 3, Bucharest, Romania
                                 Attn: Mrs. Aurelia RADU, Project Manager
                                    Tel: +4021 326 55 55 (switchboard)
                                      Fax: +4021 326 87 30 326 87 09
                                         E-mail: auraradu@cfcu.ro
Any clarification of the tender dossier will be communicated simultaneously in writing to all the tenderers
at the latest 11 days before the deadline for submission of tenders. No further clarification will be provided
after this date.
Any prospective tenderers seeking to arrange individual meetings with either the Contracting Authority
and/or the European Commission during the tender period may be excluded from the tender procedure.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                11 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                           14. CLARIFICATION MEETING / SITE VISIT
14.1 No clarification meeting / site visit planned.



                      15. ALTERATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
15.1 Tenderers may alter or withdraw their tenders by written notification prior to the deadline for
      submission of tenders referred to in Article 10.1. No tender may be altered after this deadline.
      Withdrawals must be unconditional and will end all participation in the tender procedure.
15.2 Any such notification of alteration or withdrawal must be prepared and submitted in accordance with
      Article 10. The outer envelope must be marked ‘Alteration’ or ‘Withdrawal’ as appropriate.
15.3 No tender may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of tenders referred
      to in Article 10.1 and the expiry of the tender validity period. Withdrawal of a tender during this
      interval may result in forfeiture of the tender guarantee.



                              16. COSTS OF PREPARING TENDERS
No costs incurred by the tenderer in preparing and submitting the tender are reimbursable. All such costs
will be borne by the tenderer.



                                    17. OWNERSHIP OF TENDERS
The Contracting Authority retains ownership of all tenders received under this tender procedure.
Consequently, tenderers have no right to have their tenders returned to them.



                              18. JOINT VENTURE OR CONSORTIUM
18.1 If a Tenderer is a joint venture or consortium of two or more persons, the tender must be single with
       the object of securing a single contract, each person must sign the tender and will be jointly and
       severally liable for the tender and any contract. Those persons must designate one of their number
       to act as leader with authority to bind the joint venture or consortium. The composition of the joint
       venture or consortium must not be altered without the prior consent in writing of the Contracting
       Authority.
18.2 The tender may be signed by the representative of the joint venture or consortium only if he has
      been expressly so authorised in writing by the members of the joint venture or consortium, and the
      authorising contract, notarial act or deed must be submitted to the Contracting Authority within the
      30 days following the award of the contract. All signatures to the authorising instrument must be
      certified in accordance with the national laws and regulations of each party comprising the joint
      venture or consortium together with the powers of attorney establishing, in writing, that the
      signatories to the tender are empowered to enter into commitments on behalf of the members of
      the joint venture or consortium. Each member of such joint venture or consortium must provide the
      proof required under Article 3.5 as if it, itself, were the Tenderer.



                                      19. OPENING OF TENDERS
19.1. The opening and examination of tenders is for the purpose of checking whether the tenders are
      complete, whether the requisite tender guarantees have been furnished, whether the documents
      have been properly signed and whether the tenders are generally in order.
19.2. Tenders will be opened in public session on 31 July at 14:00. at
                            CENTRAL FINANCE AND CONTRACTING UNIT
                   44, Mircea Voda Blvd, Entrance B, sector 3, Bucharest, Romania
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              12 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

by the committee appointed for the purpose. The committee will draw up minutes of the meeting, which
will be available on request.
19.3. At the tender opening, the Tenderers’ names, the tender prices, any discount offered, written
      notifications of modification and withdrawal, the presence of the requisite tender guarantee and
      such other information as the Contracting Authority may consider appropriate must be announced.
19.4. After the public opening of the tenders, no information relating to the examination, clarification,
      evaluation and comparison of tenders, or recommendations concerning the award of the contract
      can be disclosed.
19.5. In the interests of transparency and equal treatment and without being able to modify their tenders,
       Tenderers may be required, at the sole written request of the evaluation committee, to provide
       clarifications within a reasonable time limit to be fixed by the evaluation committee. Any such
       request for clarification must not seek the correction of formal errors or of major restrictions
       affecting performance of the contract or distorting competition.
19.6. Any attempt by a Tenderer to influence the evaluation committee in the process of examination,
      clarification, evaluation and comparison of tenders, to obtain information on how the procedure is
      progressing or to influence the Contracting Authority in its decision concerning the award of the
      contract will result in the immediate rejection of his tender.
19.7. All tenders received after the deadline for submission specified in the procurement notice or these
      instructions will be kept by the Contracting Authority. The associated guarantees may be returned
      to the Tenderers on request. No liability can be accepted for late delivery of tenders. Late tenders
      will be rejected and will not be evaluated.



                                   20. EVALUATION OF TENDERS
20.1. Examination of the administrative conformity of tenders
The aim at this stage is to check that tenders comply with the essential requirements of the tender
dossier. A tender is deemed to comply if it satisfies all the conditions, procedures and specifications in the
tender dossier without substantially departing from or attaching restrictions to them.
Substantial departures or restrictions are those which affect the scope, quality or execution of the
contract, differ widely from the terms of the tender dossier, limit the rights of the Contracting Authority or
the tenderer’s obligations under the contract or distort competition for tenderers whose tenders do
comply. Decisions to the effect that a tender is not technically compliant must be duly justified in the
evaluation minutes.
If a tender does not comply with the tender dossier, it will be rejected immediately and may not
subsequently be made to comply by correcting it or withdrawing the departure or restriction.
Note: An economic operator may, where appropriate and for a particular contract, rely on the capacities
of other entities, regardless of the legal nature of the links which it has with them. It must in that case
prove to the Contracting Authority that it will have at its disposal the resources necessary for performance
of the contract, for example by producing an undertaking on the part of those entities to place those
resources at its disposal.
20.2. Technical evaluation
After analysing the tenders deemed to comply in administrative terms, the evaluation committee will rule
on the technical admissibility of each tender, classifying it as technically compliant or non-compliant.
The minimum qualifications required (see selection criteria in Procurement Notice point 16) are to be
evaluated at the start of this stage.
20.3. To facilitate the examination, evaluation and comparison of tenders, the evaluation committee may
      ask each Tenderer individually for clarification of his tender, including breakdowns of prices. The
      request for clarification and the response must be in writing only, but no change in the price or
      substance of the tender may be sought, offered or permitted except as required to confirm the
      correction of arithmetical errors discovered during the evaluation of tenders pursuant to Article
      20.4. Decisions to the effect that a tender is not technically compliant must be duly justified in the
      evaluation minutes.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                13 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

20.4. Financial evaluation
a) Tenders found to be technically compliant shall be checked for any arithmetical errors in computation
and summation. Errors will be corrected by the evaluation committee as follows:
        - where there is a discrepancy between amounts in figures and in words, the amount in words will
be the amount taken into account;
         - except for lump-sum contracts, where there is a discrepancy between a unit price and the total
amount derived from the multiplication of the unit price and the quantity, the unit price as quoted will be
the price taken into account.
b) Amounts corrected in this way will be binding on the tenderer. If the tenderer does not accept them, his
tender will be rejected.
20.5. Variant solutions
Not applicable.
20.6. Award criteria
The sole award criterion will be the price. The contract will be awarded to the lowest compliant tender.



      21. SIGNATURE OF THE CONTRACT AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
21.1 The successful tenderer will be informed in writing that its tender has been accepted (notification of
      award). Before the Contracting Authority signs the contract with the successful tenderer, the
      successful tenderer must provide the documentary proof or statement required under the law of the
      country in which the company (or each of the companies in case of a consortium) is established, to
      show that it does not fall into the exclusion situations listed in section 2.3.3 of the Practical Guide to
      contract procedures financed from the general budget of the EC in the context of external actions.
      This evidence or these documents or statements must carry a date, which cannot be more than 1
      year in relation to the deadline for the submission of the tender. In addition, a sworn statement
      shall be furnished stating that the situations described in these documents have not changed since
      then.
21.2 If the successful tenderer fails to provide this documentary proof or statement within 15 calendar
       days following the notification of award or if the successful tenderer is found to have provided false
       information, the award will be considered null and void. In such a case, the Contracting Authority
       may award the tender to another tenderer or cancel the tender procedure.
21.3 Within 30 days of receipt of the contract already signed by the Contracting Authority, the selected
      tenderer must sign and date the contract and return it, with the performance guarantee, to the
      Contracting Authority. On signing the contract, the successful tenderer will become the Contractor
      and the contract will enter into force.
21.4 If he fails to sign and return the contract and any financial guarantee required within 30 days after
       receipt of notification, the Contracting Authority may consider the acceptance of the tender to be
       cancelled without prejudice to the Contracting Authority’s right to seize the guarantee, claim
       compensation or pursue any other remedy in respect of such failure, and the successful tenderer
       will have no claim whatsoever on the Contracting Authority.
21.5 The performance guarantee referred to in the General Conditions is set at 10% of the price of the
      contract and must be presented in the form specified in the annex to the tender dossier. It will be
      released within 45 days of the issue of the final acceptance certificate by the Contracting Authority,
      except for the proportion assigned to after-sales service.

                                       22. TENDER GUARANTEE
The tender guarantee referred to in Article 11 above is set at 4,000 EUR for Lot 1, 7,000 EUR for Lot 2
and 3,800 EUR for Lot 3. It must be presented in the form specified in the annex to the tender dossier. It
must remain valid for 45 days beyond the period of validity of the tender. Tender guarantees provided by
tenderers who have not been selected shall be returned together with the information letter that the
tenderer has been unsuccessful. The tender guarantee of the successful tenderer shall be released on
the signing of the contract, once the performance guarantee has been submitted.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  14 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                                          23. ETHICS CLAUSES
23.1. Any attempt by a candidate or tenderer to obtain confidential information, enter into unlawful
      agreements with competitors or influence the committee or the Contracting Authority during the
      process of examining, clarifying, evaluating and comparing tenders will lead to the rejection of his
      candidacy or tender and may result in administrative penalties.
23.2. Without the Contracting Authority’s prior written authorisation, a Contractor and his staff or any
      other company with which the Contractor is associated or linked may not, even on an ancillary or
      subcontracting basis, supply other services, carry out works or supply equipment for the project.
      This prohibition also applies to any other projects that could, owing to the nature of the contract,
      give rise to a conflict of interest on the part of the Contractor.
23.3. When putting forward a candidacy or tender, the candidate or tenderer shall declare that he is
      affected by no potential conflict of interest and has no particular link with other tenderers or parties
      involved in the project. Should such a situation arise during performance of the contract, the
      Contractor must immediately inform the Contracting Authority.
23.4. The Contractor must at all times act impartially and as a faithful adviser in accordance with the code
       of conduct of his profession. He shall refrain from making public statements about the project or
       services without the Contracting Authority’s prior approval. He may not commit the Contracting
       Authority in any way without its prior written consent.
23.5. For the duration of the contract the Contractor and his staff shall respect human rights and
      undertake not to offend the political, cultural and religious mores of the beneficiary state.
23.6. The Contractor may accept no payment connected with the contract other than that provided for
      therein. The Contractor and his staff must not exercise any activity or receive any advantage
      inconsistent with their obligations to the Contracting Authority.
23.7. The Contractor and his staff shall be obliged to maintain professional secrecy for the entire duration
       of the contract and after its completion. All reports and documents drawn up or received by the
       Contractor shall be confidential.
23.8. The contract shall govern the Contracting Parties’ use of all reports and documents drawn up,
      received or presented by them during the implementation of the contract.
23.9. The Contractor shall refrain from any relationship likely to compromise his independence or that of
      his staff. If the Contractor ceases to be independent, the Contracting Authority may, regardless of
      injury, terminate the contract without further notice and without the Contractor having any claim to
      compensation.
23.10. The Commission reserves the right to suspend or cancel project financing if corrupt practices of
      any kind are discovered at any stage of the award process and if the Contracting Authority fails to
      take all appropriate measures to remedy the situation. For the purposes of this provision, “corrupt
      practices” are the offer of a bribe, gift, gratuity or commission to any person as an inducement or
      reward for performing or refraining from any act relating to the award of a contract or
      implementation of a contract already concluded with the Contracting Authority.
23.11. All tenders will be rejected or contracts terminated if it emerges that the award or execution of a
      contract has given rise to unusual commercial expenses.
23.12. Such unusual commercial expenses are commissions not mentioned in the main contract or not
      stemming from a properly concluded contract referring to the main contract, commissions not paid
      in return for any actual and legitimate service, commissions remitted to a tax haven, commissions
      paid to a recipient who is not clearly identified or commissions paid to a company which has every
      appearance of being a front company.
23.13. The Contractor undertakes to supply the Commission on request with all supporting documents
      relating to the conditions of the contract’s execution. The Commission may carry out whatever
      documentary or on-the-spot checks it deems necessary to find evidence in cases of suspected
      unusual commercial expenses.
23.14. Contractors found to have paid unusual commercial expenses on projects funded by the
      Community are liable, depending on the seriousness of the facts observed, to have their contracts
      terminated or to be permanently excluded from receiving Community funds.

                     24. CANCELLATION OF THE TENDER PROCEDURE
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                15 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

In the event of a tender procedure’s cancellation, tenderers will be notified by the Contracting Authority. If
the tender procedure is cancelled before the outer envelope of any tender has been opened, the sealed
envelopes will be returned, unopened, to the tenderers.
Cancellation may occur where:
     -   the tender procedure has been unsuccessful, namely where no qualitatively or financially
         worthwhile tender has been received or there has been no response at all;
     -   the economic or technical parameters of the project have been fundamentally altered;
     -   exceptional circumstances or force majeure render normal performance of the project impossible;
     -   all technically compliant tenders exceed the financial resources available;
     -   there have been irregularities in the procedure, in particular where these have prevented fair
         competition.
     -   In no circumstances will the Contracting Authority be liable for damages, whatever their nature (in
         particular damages for loss of profits) or relationship to the cancellation of a tender, even if the
         Contracting Authority has been advised of the possibility of damages. The publication of a
         procurement notice does not commit the Contracting Authority to implement the programme or
         project announced.


25       Appeals

Tenderers believing that they have been harmed by an error or irregularity during the award process may
petition the Contracting Authority directly. The Contracting Authority must reply within 90 days of receipt
of the complaint. If this procedure fails, the tenderer may have recourse to the following:

Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority and where informed of such a
complaint, it must communicate its opinion to the Contracting Authority and do all it can to facilitate an
amicable solution between the complainant (tenderer) and the Contracting Authority. If this procedure
fails, the tenderer may have recourse to procedures established under the recipient’s national legislation.




DRAFT CONTRACT AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS, INCLUDING
ANNEXES




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                16 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                            DRAFT CONTRACT


The Central Finance and Contracts Unit ("The Contracting Authority"),
Ministry of Public Finance and Contracts Unit
44 Mircea Voda Avenue, B Entrance, district 3, Bucharest, Romania
                                                                                               of the one part,
and

<Name of Contractor> (acronym) (“the Contractor”)

                                                                                             of the other part,

have agreed as follows:

CONTRACT TITLE
                  Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
                   for the water and wastewater network, Botosani, Romania”
Identification number EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO
Article 1 Subject
1.1 The subject of the contract is the delivery, installation, commissioning, maintenance and training of
the following supplies in three (3) lots:

   LOT No. 1: Leak detection, flow measurements and maintenance equipments for water
              network

  Item ID                                 Description/Specifications                                   Units
  L 1.1      Mobile Leak Detection Unit (including van)                                                  1
                      L 1.1.1 Logger System for Leak Noise Detection                                     1
                      L 1.1.2 Correlator Unit                                                            1
                      L 1.1.3 Exact Leak Detection Equipment                                             1
                      L 1.1.4 Trace Locator for Buried Metallic Pipes and Cables                         1
                      L 1.1.5 Buried Lid Locator                                                         1
                      L 1.1.6 Trace Locator for Buried Non-Metallic Pipes                                1
                      L 1.1.7 Vehicle (van)                                                              1
  L 1.2      Ultrasonic Flow Measuring Device                                                            3
  L 1.3      Electromagnetic Insertion Flow Measuring Device                                             8
  L 1.4      Data loggers                                                                                8
   L 1.5     Set of tools                                                                                4
                      L 1.5.1 Waste water motor-pump                                                     4
                      L 1.5.2 Three -phase current generating set                                        4
                      L 1.5.3 Inverter type welding machine for manual welding                           4
                      L 1.5.4 Rotary hammer 2 kg                                                         4
                      L 1.5.5 Rotary hammer 11 kg                                                        4
                      L 1.5.6 Drilling and threading machine, with chuck                                 4
                      L 1.5.6 Angle Grinder 115                                                          4
                      L 1.5.7 Angle Grinder 125                                                          4
                      L 1.5.8 Angle Grinder 250                                                          4
                      L 1.5.9 Electric Saw                                                               4
                      L 1.5.10 Electrofusion unit for joining (welding) PE pipes                         4
                      L 1.5.11 Plumbers' tools kit                                                       4
                      L 1.5.12 Electricians' tools kit                                                   4
                      L 1.5.13 Mechanic-Locksmith's tools kit                                            4
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   17 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




   LOT No. 2: Mobile units for sewer inspection and cleaning
  Item ID                               Description/Specifications                                      Units
   L 2.1     Mobile unit for sewer inspection (including van)                                            1
                      L 2.1.1 Electronic Leak Detection System                                            1
                      L 2.1.2 CCTV Device                                                                 1
                      L 2.1.3 Vehicle (van)                                                               1
  L 2.2      Combined Sewer Cleaning Vehicle                                                              1
  L 2.3      High Pressure Jetting Van                                                                    1


   LOT No. 3: GIS & Modelling Equipment and Software
  Item ID                             Description/Specifications                                        Units
  L 3.1      GIS Server                                                                                  1
  L 3.2      Graphical Workstations                                                                      5
  L 3.3      Laptops                                                                                     4
  L 3.4      Hi-Speed USB Flash Drive                                                                    8
  L 3.5      UPS 2200 VA                                                                                 1
  L 3.6      UPS 1500 VA                                                                                 5
  L 3.7      A4 Mobile Printer                                                                           1
  L 3.8      A3 Inkjet Colour Printer                                                                    1
  L 3.9      A4 Laser Colour Printer                                                                     1
  L 3.10     A0 Scanner                                                                                  1
  L 3.11     GIS Software:                                                                               1
                      L 3.11.1 License for Server GIS software                                            1
                      L 3.11.2 License for creating/modifying data                                        3
                      L 3.11.3 License for creating/modifying data and validating the data                2
                      L 3.11.4 License for viewing data only                                              10
                      L 3.11.5 License for mobile GIS                                                     1
  L 3.12     Modelling software:                                                                          1
                      L 3.12.1 Water networks modelling                                                   2
                      L 3.12.2 Wastewater networks modelling                                              1
  L 3.13     Total station                                                                                2
  L 3.14     GPS Receiver                                                                                 2


at designated locations of the SC APA GRUP SA, Botosani County, 3 Octav Onicescu Street, Botosani,
Romania, DDU (delivered duty unpaid, Incoterms 2000) within 4 months from signature of contract by
both parties for lots 1, 2 and 3, dating from signature of contract by both parties.
1.2 The Contractor shall comply strictly with the terms of the Special Conditions and the technical annex.


Article 2 Origin
The supplies must originate in a Member State of the European Union, beneficiary countries of the ISPA
programme (Bulgaria, Romania), Turkey, the SAP-countries (Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Croatia,
Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia-Montenegro) or a country covered by the Regulation on
access to Community support (Lichtenstein, Norway, iceland). A certificate of origin for the supplies must
be provided by the Contractor at the latest when he requests provisional acceptance of the supplies.
Failure to comply with this condition may result in the termination of the contract.
The origin of the goods shall be determined according to the Community Customs Code or the
international agreements to which the country concerned is a signatory.


Article 3 Price
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                    18 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

3.1 The price of the supplies shall be that shown on the financial offer (specimen in Annex IV). The total
     contract price shall be shown in euros.
3.2 The price referred to in Article 3.1 above shall be the sole remuneration owed by the Contracting
     Authority to the Contractor under the contract. It shall be firm and shall not be subject to revision.
3.3 Payments shall be made in accordance with the General and/or Special Conditions (Articles 26 to
     28).


Article 4 Order of precedence of contract documents
The contract is made up of the following documents, in order of precedence:
        -    the contract agreement;
        -    the Special Conditions
        -    the General Conditions (Annex I);
        -    the Technical Specifications (Annex II [including clarifications before the deadline for
             submission of tenders and minutes from the information meeting/site visit];
        -    the Technical Offer (Annex III [including clarifications from the tenderer provided during
             tender evaluation];
        -    the budget breakdown (Annex IV);
        -    (specified forms and other relevant documents (Annex V));
The various documents making up the contract shall be deemed to be mutually explanatory; in cases of
ambiguity or divergence, they should be read in the order in which they appear above.


Article 5 Communications
Any written communication relating to this Contract between the Contracting Authority and/or the Project
Manager, on the one hand, and the Contractor on the other must state the Contract title and identification
number, and must be sent by post, fax, e-mail or by hand according to article 4 of the Special Conditions.
Done in English in three originals, two originals being for the Contracting Authority and one original being
for the Contractor.
For the Contractor                                       For the Contracting Authority
Name:                                                    Name:
Position:                                                Position:
Signature:                                               Signature:
Date:                                                    Date:


Endorsed for financing by the European                   For the beneficiary of the contract – SC APA
Community                                                GRUP SA Botosani
Name:                                                    Name:
Position:                                                Position:
Signature:                                               Signature:
Date:                                                    Date:




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               19 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                         SPECIAL CONDITIONS


CONTENTS
These conditions amplify and supplement, if necessary, the General Conditions governing the contract.
Unless the Special Conditions provide otherwise, those General Conditions remain fully applicable. The
numbering of the Articles of the Special Conditions is not consecutive but follows the numbering of the
Articles of the General Conditions. In exceptional cases, and with the authorisation of the competent
Commission departments, other clauses may be introduced to cover specific situations


Article 2 Law applicable
2.1 For the present contract Romanian law shall apply in all matters not covered by the provisions of the
contract.
2.2 The language used shall be English.


Article 4 Communications
Any written communication relating to this Contract between the Contracting Authority and/or the Project
Manager, on the one hand, and the Contractor, on the other, must state the Contract title and
identification number, and must be sent by post, fax, or by hand to the following addresses:
For the Contracting Authority:
                    Name:           Carmen Rosu
                    Address:       Central Finance and Contracting Unit (CFCU) 44
                                   Mircea Voda Blvd., Entrance B, Sector 3, Bucharest,
                                   Romania
                    Telephone:     +4 021 326 55 55 (switchboard)
                    Fax:           +4 021 326 87 30 / 326 87 09
                    e-mail:        auraradu@cfcu.ro
For the Contractor:
                    Name:
                    Address:
                    Telephone:
                    Fax:
                    e-mail:


Article 7 Supply of documents
The technical documentation including the training documentation, drawings and other documents
according to Technical Specifications provided by the Contractor shall be approved by the Beneficiary’
representatives.
Article 8 Assistance with local regulations
The Contractor shall, within two weeks from the signature of the contract by both parties, contact the
Contracting Authority in order to receive information about the VAT exemption and the Customs
procedures. The Beneficiary institution shall provide support to the Contractor for the Customs
procedures.
Article 9 The Contractor’s obligations


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                            20 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

9.6 The Contractor shall take the necessary measures to ensure the visibility of the EU financing by
    strictly observing the Visibility Manual provisions issued by the EC Delegation in Romania (published
    on the Delegation web site www.infoeuropa.ro).


Article 10 Origin
No derogation from the rules of origin.


Article 11 Performance guarantee
The performance guarantee for each lot shall be 10% of the Contract Price.


Article 12 Insurance
The Contractor shall bear all risks concerning the goods until provisional acceptance at destination.
The Contractor will undertake all-risks insurance for all goods supplied from “warehouse” to “warehouse”
in amount equal to 110 % of DDU value in Euro, in the name of the Contractor.


Article 13 Implementation programme (timetable)
13.1 Within 30 (thirty) days after the date of signing the Contract Agreement, the Contractor shall submit
      a detailed Performance Programme of the Contract for the approval of the Beneficiary. The
      programme shall be made in accordance with the Technical Specification and shall include at least
      the issues from General Conditions 13.1.1 – 13.1.4.
13.2 The programme should show, inter alia, latest dates for: completion of manufacture, shipping,
      customs clearance, arrival at place of acceptance, completion of installation and commissioning,
      timing of training, provisional acceptance, in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Supply
      Contract within the time allowed for completion.
Delivery will be subject to provisional Acceptance and Final Acceptance.
Provisional Acceptance shall be signed by the duly authorized person from the Final Beneficiary, within
one week after installation and putting into operation.
The Provisional acceptance test carried on by the beneficiaries should be based on a test protocol
prepared by the Contractor and co-signed by the Contractor, the Final Beneficiary representative and the
beneficiaries.
The Final Acceptance shall be signed by the duly authorized person from the Beneficiary and a duly
authorized person for the beneficiary or their duly representative at the end of the warranty period.


Article 14 Contractor’s drawings
14.1 The Contractor should deliver all drawings, standard and/or specific documentation of all the
      products delivered.
14.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications,
      drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications,
      drawings and other documents have been approved by the Beneficiary’s Representative or not,
      provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information
      furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Beneficiary.
14.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Beneficiary for approval technical documentation in accordance
      with the Technical Specification, within time limits laid in the Performance Programme.
14.4 Any delays in performance of the contract because of the number of revisions of the resubmitted
      documentation, mentioned in above article 14.1, shall be in Contractor’s responsibility and shall
      obey to General Condition, Article 21 Delays in performance.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              21 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

14.5 The manuals and documentations shall be submitted in such detail as will enable the Beneficiary to
      operate, maintain, adjust and repair all parts of the supply, in the language and forms as stated in
      the Technical Specification.


Article 15 Tender prices
The Contractor must cover all costs related to the services in customs point (including unloading,
handling, storage, commissioning and others).


Article 17 Patents and licences
Not Applicable


Article 18 Commencement order
18.1 The date of commencement of performance of the contract shall be the date of signing of the
      contract by both parties.


Article 19 Period of Implementation
19.1 The execution period shall be 4 (four) months for Lots 1, 2 and 3 from the date of Contract signature
      by both parties. This period shall include the provision of training.


Article 22 Variations
The Contracting Authority reserves the right, at the time of contracting, to vary the quantities specified
within a range of (+/- 100%). The total value of the supplies may not rise or fall as a result of the variation
in the quantities by more than 25% of the contract price. The unit prices used in the tender shall be
applicable to the quantities procured under the variation.


Article 24 Quality of supplies
24.1 The Contractor shall bear all risks concerning the goods until provisional acceptance at destination.
      The supplies shall be packaged so as to prevent their damage or deterioration in transit to their
      destination.
The inspection of the quality and quantity of the supplies will be made by the Final Beneficiary after the
supplies have been installed at their final destination.


Article 25 Inspection and testing
The inspection and testing of the supplies will be made at the place of delivery, in accordance with the
provision of Technical Specification and Article 25 of the General Conditions and the practical
arrangements for testing.


Article 26 Methods of payment
26.1 Payments shall be made in euro from ISPA sources.
Payments shall be authorised by Final Beneficiary (SC APA GRUP SA Botosani, 56 Octav Onicescu
Street, 710096, Botosani) and made by Ministry of Public Finance – Central Finance and Contracts Unit
(Contracting Authority), 44 Mircea Voda Avenue, Entrance B, Bucharest 3.
In order to obtain payments, the Contractor must forward to the authority referred to in paragraph 26.1
above:
          a) For the 60% pre-financing, in addition to the payment request, the performance guarantee
             and a photocopy of the contract. If a pre-financing is requested and this payment exceeds


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 22 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

                EUR 150.000, the Contractor must provide a financial guarantee for the full amount of the
                prefinancing payment.

            b) For the 40% balance, the invoice(s) in triplicate following provisional acceptance of the
               supplies.


26.9 Price revision:
        Not Applicable


Article 29 Delivery
29.1 The Contractor shall bear all risks relating to the goods until provisional acceptance at destination.
     The supplies shall be packaged so as to prevent their damage or deterioration in transit to their
     destination.
29.2 Each package shall have inside and outside a packing list (English and Romanian language). The
     packing list shall comprise for each item, as appropriate, the following:
    -      Type
    -      Code
    -      Serial no.
    -      Number of pieces
    -      Place of delivery
29.3 The packaging shall become the property of the Beneficiary subject to respect for the environment.
29.4 The following documents are required to accompany each delivery of mobile equipment or
     machinery:
    -      Shipping List (with address of recipient)
    -      Transport document
    -      Packing list (component, weight, number of pieces, total weight, customs NHM code, prices by
           part, total price)
    -      Certificate of Origin
    -      Invoice in triplicate
    -      Certificate of Quality (from country of origin)
    -      Licenses of the product
    -      Technical Guarantee Documents
    -      Technical description (including drawings and installation manuals).
    -
Article 31 Provisional acceptance
31.1 The representative of the Beneficiary, together with the Contractor’s representative, will perform
      Acceptance tests on the delivered equipment to verify their conformance with Contract requirement
      and initial approval for provisional and final acceptance at the final destinations.
If at any stage the supplies are found to be damaged or defective or not in conformity with the Contract, a
report shall be drawn up by the Beneficiary and presented within 15 days to the Contractor. The
Contractor will verify the facts (in the field) and notify the Contracting authority, copied to the Beneficiary,
within 15 days.
With provisional acceptance, the Beneficiary Ministry acquires full title and ownership to the goods
supplied and the right to make full and unimpaired use of the supplies delivered.


Article 32 Warranty
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  23 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

The Contractor shall warrant that the supplies are new, unused, of the most recent models and
incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials. The Contractor shall further warrant that
none of the supplies have any defect arising from design, materials or workmanship. This warranty shall
remain valid for one year after provisional acceptance. The manufacturer’s commercial guarantee can be
longer.


Article 33 After-sales service
N.A.


Article 40 Amicable settlement of disputes
The Parties may agree to request the Commission to initiate a conciliation. The Delegation of the
Commission in Romania is responsible for the conciliation.


Article 41 Dispute settlement by litigation
Any dispute between the Parties that may arise during the performance of this contract and that it has not
been possible to settle otherwise between the Parties shall be submitted to Romanian Court in
accordance with the national law of the Contracting Authority.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                             24 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                              ANNEX I : GENERAL CONDITIONS

                 FOR SUPPLY CONTRACTS FINANCED BY THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY

                                                             SUMMARY
     PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS .................................................................................................................26
       Article 1 Definitions ............................................................................................................................26
       Article 2 Law and language of the contract .......................................................................................26
       Article 3 Order of precedence of contract documents .......................................................................26
       Article 4 Communications ..................................................................................................................26
       Article 5 Assignment ..........................................................................................................................26
       Article 6 Subcontracting .....................................................................................................................27
     OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTING AUTHORITY ........................................................................27
       Article 7 Supply of documents ...........................................................................................................27
       Article 8 Assistance with local regulations .........................................................................................27
     OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR ...............................................................................................28
       Article 9 General Obligations .............................................................................................................28
       Article 10 Origin ...................................................................................................................................28
       Article 11 Performance guarantee .......................................................................................................29
       Article 12 Insurance .............................................................................................................................29
       Article 13 Implementation programme.................................................................................................29
       Article 14 Contractor's drawings ..........................................................................................................30
       Article 15 Sufficiency of tender prices .................................................................................................30
       Article 16 Tax and customs arrangements ..........................................................................................31
       Article 17 Patents and licences ...........................................................................................................31
     COMMENCEMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION AND DELAYS .................................................................32
       Article 18 Commencement order .........................................................................................................32
       Article 19 Period of implementation .....................................................................................................32
       Article 20 Extension of period of implementation ................................................................................32
       Article 21 Delays in implementation ....................................................................................................32
       Article 22 Variations .............................................................................................................................33
       Article 23 Suspension ..........................................................................................................................34
     MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP ......................................................................................................34
       Article 24 Quality of supplies ...............................................................................................................34
       Article 25 Inspection and testing ..........................................................................................................35
     PAYMENTS .............................................................................................................................................35
       Article 26 General principles ................................................................................................................35
       Article 27 Payment to third parties .......................................................................................................37
       Article 28 Delayed payments ...............................................................................................................37
     ACCEPTANCE AND MAINTENANCE ...................................................................................................37
       Article 29 Delivery ................................................................................................................................37
       Article 30 Verification operations .........................................................................................................38
       Article 31 Provisional acceptance ........................................................................................................38
       Article 32 Warranty obligations ............................................................................................................39
       Article 33 After-sales service ...............................................................................................................39
       Article 34 Final acceptance .................................................................................................................40
     BREACH OF CONTRACT AND TERMINATION ...................................................................................41
       Article 35 Breach of contract ...............................................................................................................41
       Article 36 Termination by the Contracting Authority ............................................................................41
       Article 37 Termination by the Contractor .............................................................................................42
       Article 38 Force majeure .....................................................................................................................42
       Article 39 Death ...................................................................................................................................43
     DISPUTE SETTLEMENT ........................................................................................................................43
       Article 40 Amicable dispute settlement................................................................................................43
       Article 41 Dispute settlement by litigation ............................................................................................43
       Article 42 Ethics clauses ......................................................................................................................43
       Article 43 Administrative and financial penalties .................................................................................44
       Article 44 Checks and audits by Community bodies ...........................................................................44

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                        25 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                         PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS

Article 1        Definitions
1.1     The headings and titles in these General Conditions shall not be taken as part thereof or be taken
        into consideration in the interpretation of the contract.
1.2     Where the context so permits, words in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and
        vice versa, and words in the masculine shall be deemed to include the feminine and vice versa.
1.3     Words designating persons or parties shall include firms and companies and any organisation
        having legal capacity.

Article 2       Law and language of the contract
2.1     The Special Conditions shall specify the law governing all matters not covered by the contract.
2.2     The contract and all written communications between the parties will be drafted in the language of
        the procedure.

Article 3        Order of precedence of contract documents
3.1     Save where otherwise provided in the special conditions, the contract is made up of the following
        documents, in order of precedence:
        a) the contract agreement;
        b) the Special Conditions;
        c) the General Conditions (Annex I);
        d) the Technical Specifications (Annex II) including clarifications before the deadline for
            submission of tenders and minutes from the information meeting/site visit;
        e) the Technical Offer (Annex III), including clarifications from the Contractor provided during
            tender evaluation;
        f)  the budget breadown (Annex IV);
        g) specified forms and other relevant documents (Annex V)
        Addenda have the order of precedence of the document they are modifying.
3.2.    The various documents making up the contract shall be deemed to be mutually explanatory; in
        cases of ambiguity or divergence, they should be read in the order in which they appear above.

Article 4        Communications
4.1     Communications between the Contracting Authority and/or the Project Manager on the one hand,
        and the Contractor on the other, shall be exclusively in writing. Unless otherwise specified in the
        Special Conditions, communications between the Contracting Authority and/or the Project
        Manager on the one hand, and the Contractor on the other hand, shall be sent by post, cable,
        telex, fax transmission, or delivered by hand, to the addresses designated by the Parties for that
        purpose.
4.2     If the person sending a communication requires acknowledgement of receipt, he shall indicate
        this in his communication. Whenever there is a deadline for the receipt of a written
        communication, the sender should ask for an acknowledgement of receipt of his communication.
        In any event, the sender shall take all necessary measures to ensure receipt of his
        communication.
4.3     Wherever the contract provides for the giving or issue of any notice, consent, approval, certificate
        or decision, unless otherwise specified such notice, consent, approval, certificate or decision shall
        be in writing and the words "notify", "certify", "approve" or "decide" shall be construed
        accordingly. Any such consent, approval, certificate or decision shall not unreasonably be
        withheld or delayed.

Article 5        Assignment
5.1     An assignment shall be valid only if it is a written agreement by which the Contractor transfers his
        contract or part thereof to a third party.
5.2     The Contractor may not, without the prior written consent of the Contracting Authority, assign the
        contract or any part thereof, or any benefit or interest thereunder, except in the following cases:
         a) a charge, in favour of the Contractor's bankers, of any monies due or to become due under
             the contract; or
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               26 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

          b) the assignment to the Contractor's insurers of the Contractor's right to obtain relief against
              any other person liable in cases where the insurers have discharged the Contractor's loss or
              liability.
5.3     For the purpose of Article 5.2, the approval of an assignment by the Contracting Authority shall
        not relieve the Contractor of his obligations for the part of the contract already performed or the
        part not assigned.
5.4     If the Contractor has assigned his contract without authorisation, the Contracting Authority may,
        without giving formal notice thereof, apply as of right the sanctions for breach of contract provided
        for in Article 35.
5.5     Assignees must satisfy the eligibility criteria applicable for the award of the contract.
Article 6        Subcontracting
6.1     A subcontract shall be valid only if it is a written agreement by which the Contractor entrusts
        implementation of a part of his contract to a third party.
6.2     The Contractor shall not subcontract without the prior written authorisation of the Contracting
        Authority. The elements of the contract to be subcontracted and the identity of the subcontractors
        shall be notified to the Contracting Authority. The Contracting Authority shall notify the Contractor
        of its decision within 30 days of receiving the notification, stating its reasons if authorisation is
        withheld.
6.3     Subcontractors must satisfy the eligibility criteria applicable for the award of the contract.
6.4     The Contracting Authority recognises no contractual link between itself and the subcontractors.
6.5     The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and negligence of his subcontractors
        and their agents or employees, as if they were the acts, defaults or negligence of the Contractor,
        his agents or employees. The approval by the Contracting Authority of the subcontracting of any
        part of the contract or of the subcontractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations
        under the contract.
6.6     If a subcontractor has undertaken any continuing obligation extending for a period exceeding that
        of the warranty period under the contract towards the Contractor in respect of the supplies
        provided by the subcontractor, the Contractor must, at any time after the expiration of the
        warranty period, transfer immediately to the Contracting Authority, at the Contracting Authority's
        request and cost, the benefit of such obligation for the unexpired duration thereof.
6.7     If the Contractor enters into a subcontract without approval, the Contracting Authority may,
        without giving formal notice thereof, apply as of right the sanctions for breach of contract provided
        for in Article 35.


                           OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTING AUTHORITY

Article 7        Supply of documents
7.1     If necessary, within 30 days of the signing of the contract, the Project Manager shall, where
        necessary, provide the Contractor, free of charge, with a copy of the drawings prepared for the
        implementation of the contract and a copy of the specifications and other contract documents.
        The Contractor may purchase additional copies of these drawings, specifications and other
        documents, in so far as they are available. Upon the issue of the warranty certificate, or upon final
        acceptance, the Contractor shall return to the Project Manager all drawings, specifications and
        other contract documents.
7.2     Unless it is necessary for the purposes of the contract, the drawings, specifications and other
        documents provided by the Project Manager shall not be used or communicated to a third party
        by the Contractor without the prior consent of the Project Manager.
7.3     The Project Manager shall have authority to issue to the Contractor administrative orders
        incorporating such supplementary documents and instructions as are necessary for the proper
        execution of the contract and the remedying of any defects therein.
7.4     The special conditions must indicate the procedure used, if necessary, by the Contracting
        Authority and the Project Manager to approve drawings and other documents provided by the
        Contractor.

Article 8        Assistance with local regulations
8.1     The Contractor may request the assistance of the Contracting Authority in obtaining copies of
        laws, regulations and information on local customs, orders or bye-laws of the country where the
        supplies are to be delivered which may affect the Contractor in the performance of his obligations
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 27 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        under the contract. The Contracting Authority may provide the assistance requested to the
        Contractor at the Contractor's cost.

8.2     If necessary, the Contractor shall duly notify the Contracting Authority of details of the supplies so
        that the Contracting Authority can obtain the requisite permits or import licences.

8.3     If necessary, the Contracting Authority will undertake to obtain, in accordance with the Special
        Conditions, the requisite permits or import licences within a reasonable period, taking account of
        the implementation dates for the contract.
8.4     Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations on foreign labour of the states in which the
        supplies are to be delivered, the Contracting Authority shall make every effort to help the
        Contractor obtain all the visas and permits required for the personnel whose services the
        Contractor and the Contracting Authority consider necessary and residence permits for their
        families.
8.5     Contractors shall respect internationally agreed core labour standards, e.g. the ILO core labour
        standards, conventions on freedom of association and collective bargaining, elimination of forced
        and compulsory labour, elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation,
        and the abolition of child labour.

                                   OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

Article 9        General Obligations
9.1     The Contractor shall implement the contract with due care and diligence including, where
        specified, the design, manufacture, delivery to site, erecting, testing and commissioning of the
        supplies and carrying out of any other work including the remedying of any defects in the
        supplies. The Contractor shall also provide all necessary equipment, supervision, labour and
        facilities required for the execution of the contract.
9.2     The Contractor shall comply with administrative orders given by the Project Manager. Where the
        Contractor considers that the requirement of an administrative order goes beyond the scope of
        the contract, he shall, on pain of breach of contract, notify the Project Manager thereof, giving his
        reasons, within 30 days of receipt of the order. Execution of the administrative order shall not be
        suspended because of this notice.
9.3     The Contractor shall respect and abide by all laws and regulations in force in the state of the
        Contracting Authority and shall ensure that his personnel, their dependants, and his local
        employees also respect and abide by all such laws and regulations. The Contractor shall
        indemnify the Contracting Authority against any claims and proceedings arising from any
        infringement by the Contractor, his employees and their dependants of such laws and
        regulations.
9.4     The Contractor shall treat all documents and information received in connection with the contract
        as private and confidential. He shall not, save in so far as may be necessary for the purposes of
        the contract's execution, publish or disclose any particulars of the contract without the prior
        consent in writing of the Contracting Authority or the Project Manager. If any disagreement arises
        as to the necessity for any publication or disclosure for the purpose of the contract, the decision
        of the Contracting Authority shall be final.
9.5     If the Contractor is a joint venture or consortium of two or more persons, all such persons shall be
        jointly and severally bound to fulfil the terms of the contract according to the law of the state of the
        Contracting Authority and shall, at the request of the Contracting Authority, designate one of such
        persons to act as leader with authority to bind the joint venture or consortium. The composition of
        the joint venture or consortium shall not be altered without the prior consent in writing of the
        Contracting Authority.
9.6     Save where the European Commission requests or agrees otherwise, the Contractor shall take
        the necessary measures to ensure the visibility of the European Union financing or cofinancing.
        These measures must comply with the rules laid down and published by the Commission on the
        visibility of external operations.
Article 10       Origin
10.1 Save where otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions, supplies must originate in a Member
     State of the European Union or in one of the beneficiary countries as stated in the invitation to
     tender. The origin of the goods shall be determined according to the rules laid down in the
     Community Customs Code or the international agreements to which the country concerned is a
     signatory.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  28 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

10.2 The Contractor must certify that the goods tendered comply with this requirement, specifying their
     respective countries of origin. He may be required to provide more detailed information in this
     respect.
10.3 The Contractor shall present an official certificate of origin on provisional acceptance. Failure to
     comply with this obligation shall lead, after formal notice, to termination of the contract.



Article 11       Performance guarantee
11.1 The Contractor shall, together with the return of the countersigned contract, furnish the Contracting
     Authority with a guarantee for the full and proper execution of the contract. The amount of the
     guarantee shall be specified in the Special Conditions. It shall not exceed 10% of the amount of the
     contract price, including any amounts stipulated in addenda to the contract.

11.2 The performance guarantee shall be held against payment to the Contracting Authority for any loss
     resulting from the Contractor's failure to perform his contractual obligations fully and properly.

11.3 The performance guarantee shall be in the format given in Annex V and may be provided in the
     form of a bank guarantee, a banker's draft, a certified cheque, a bond provided by an insurance
     and/or bonding company or an irrevocable letter of credit.
11.4 The performance guarantee shall be denominated in the currency in which the contract is payable.
     No payments shall be made in favour of the Contractor prior to the provision of the guarantee. The
     guarantee shall continue to remain valid until the contract has been fully and properly performed.
11.5 During the execution of the contract, if the natural or legal person providing the guarantee is not
     able to abide by his commitments, the guarantee shall cease to be valid. The Contracting Authority
     shall give formal notice to the Contractor to provide a new guarantee on the same terms as the
     previous one. Should the Contractor fail to provide a new guarantee, the Contracting Authority may
     terminate the contract. Before so doing, the Contracting Authority shall send a registered letter with
     acknowledgement of receipt, which shall set a new deadline of no less than 15 days from the day
     of delivery of the letter.
11.6 The Contracting Authority shall demand payment from the guarantee of all sums for which the
     guarantor is liable under the guarantee due to the Contractor's default under the contract, in
     accordance with the terms of the guarantee and up to the value thereof. The guarantor shall,
     without delay, pay those sums upon demand from the Contracting Authority and may not raise any
     objection for any reason whatsoever. Before making any claim under the performance guarantee,
     the Contracting Authority shall notify the Contractor stating the nature of the default in respect of
     which the claim is to be made.
11.7 Except for such part as may be specified in the Special Conditions in respect of after-sales service,
     the performance guarantee shall be released within 45 days of the issue of the final acceptance
     certificate.
Article 12        Insurance
12.1 An insurance policy may be required to cover the carriage of supplies; the conditions of this
       insurance policy may be specified in Article 12 of the Special Conditions, which may also specify
       other types of insurance to be taken out by the Contractor.
12.2 Notwithstanding the Contractor's insurance obligations under Article 12.1, the Contractor shall bear
       sole liability for, and indemnify the Contracting Authority and the Project Manager against, any
       claims by third parties for damage to property or personal injuries arising from the execution of the
       contract by the Contractor, his subcontractors and their employees.

Article 13       Implementation programme
13.1 If the Special Conditions so require, the Contractor shall submit a programme of implementation of
     the contract for the approval of the Project Manager. The programme shall contain at least the
     following:
                a) the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the contract including design,
                manufacture, delivery to place of receipt, installation, testing and commissioning;
                b) the deadlines for submission and approval of the drawings;
                c) a general description of the methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for
                executing the contract; and
                d) such further details and information as the Project Manager may reasonably require.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               29 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

13.2 The Special Conditions shall specify the time limit within which the programme of implementation
     must be submitted to the Project Manager for approval. They may set time limits within which the
     Contractor must submit all or part of the detailed drawings, documents and items. They shall also
     state the deadline for the Project Manager's approval or acceptance of the programme of
     implementation, detailed drawings, documents and items. The approval of the programme by the
     Project Manager shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the contract.
13.3 No material alteration to the programme shall be made without the approval of the Project
     Manager. If, however, the progress of the implementation of the contract does not conform to the
     programme, the Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to revise the programme and submit
     the revised programme to him for approval.

Article 14        Contractor's drawings
14.1 If the Special Conditions so provide, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for
       approval:
                  a) the drawings, documents, samples and/or models, according to the time limits and
                  procedures laid down in the Special Conditions;
                  b) such drawings as the Project Manager may reasonably require for the implementation
                  of the contract.
14.2 If the Project Manager fails to notify his decision of approval referred to in Article 14.1 within the
       deadlines referred to in the contract or the approved programme of implementation, such drawings,
       documents, samples or models shall be deemed to be approved on expiry of the deadlines. If no
       deadline is specified, they shall be deemed to be approved 30 days after receipt.
14.3 Approved drawings, documents, samples and models shall be signed or otherwise identified by the
       Project Manager and may only be departed from on the Project Manager's instructions. Any of the
       Contractor's drawings, documents, samples or models which the Project Manager fails to approve
       shall immediately be modified to meet the requirements of the Project Manager and resubmitted by
       the Contractor for approval.
14.4 The Contractor shall supply additional copies of approved drawings in the form and numbers stated
       in the contract or in subsequent administrative orders.
14.5 The approval of the drawings, documents, samples or models by the Project Manager shall not
       relieve the Contractor from any of his obligations under the contract.
14.6 The Project Manager shall have the right to inspect all drawings, documents, samples or models
       relating to the contract at the Contractor's premises at all reasonable times.
14.7 Before provisional acceptance of the supplies, the Contractor shall supply operation and
       maintenance manuals together with drawings, which shall be in such detail as will enable the
       Project Manager to operate, maintain, adjust and repair all parts of the supplies. Unless otherwise
       stated in the Special Conditions, the manuals and drawings shall be in the language of the contract
       and in such forms and numbers as stated in the contract. The supplies shall not be considered
       completed for the purpose of provisional acceptance until such manuals and drawings have been
       supplied to the Contracting Authority.

Article 15       Sufficiency of tender prices
15.1 Subject to any provisions which may be laid down in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall
       be deemed to have satisfied himself before submitting his tender as to the correctness and
       sufficiency of the tender and to have taken account of all that is required for the full and proper
       execution of the contract and to have included in his rates and prices all costs related to the
       supplies, in particular:
                  a) the costs of transport;
                  b) the costs of handling, packing, loading, unloading, transit, delivery, unpacking,
                  checking, insurance and other administrative costs in connection with the supplies. The
                  packaging shall be the property of the Contracting Authority unless otherwise provided in
                  the Special Conditions;
                  c) the cost of documents relating to the supplies where such documents are required by
                  the Contracting Authority;
                  d) execution and supervision of on-site assembly and/or commissioning of the delivered
                  supplies;
                  e) furnishing of tools required for assembly and/or maintenance of the delivered supplies;
                  f) furnishing of detailed operation and maintenance manuals for each unit of the delivered
                  supplies, as specified in the contract;
                  g) supervision or maintenance and/or repair of the supplies, for a period of time stated in

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               30 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

               the contract, with the stipulation that this service shall not release the Contractor from
               any warranty obligations under the contract;
               h) training of the Contracting Authority's personnel, at the Contractor's factory and/or
               elsewhere as specified in the contract.
15.2 Since the Contractor is deemed to have determined his prices on the basis of his own calculations,
     operations and estimates, he shall, at no additional charge, carry out any work that is the subject of
     any item in his tender for which he indicates neither a unit price nor a lump sum.

Article 16       Tax and customs arrangements

16.1 For supplies manufactured locally, all internal fiscal charges applicable to their manufacture,
     including VAT, shall be excluded.
16.2 For supplies to be imported into the country of the Contracting Authority, all duties and taxes
     applicable to their importation, including VAT shall be excluded.
16.3 Whatever the origin of the supplies, the contract shall be exempt from stamp and registration
     duties.

Article 17       Patents and licences
      Save where otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall indemnify the
      Contracting Authority and the Project Manager against any claim resulting from the use as
      specified in the contract of patents, licences, drawings, models, or brand or trade marks, unless
      such infringement results from compliance with the design or specification provided by the
      Contracting Authority and/or the Project Manager.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              31 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



                         COMMENCEMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION AND DELAYS


Article 18       Commencement order
18.1    The Contracting Authority shall fix the date on which implementation of the contract is to
        commence and advise the Contractor thereof either in the notice of award of the contract or by
        administrative order issued by the Project Manager.
18.2    Save where the Parties agree otherwise, implementation of the contract shall begin no later than
        90 days after notification of award of contract. After that date the Contractor shall be entitled not
        to implement the contract and to obtain its termination or compensation for the damage he has
        suffered. The Contractor shall forfeit this right unless he exercises it within 30 days of the expiry
        of the 90-day period.

Article 19       Period of implementation
19.1    The period of implementation of tasks shall commence on the date fixed in accordance with
        Article 18 and shall be as stated in the contract, without prejudice to extensions of the period
        which may be granted under Article 20.
19.2    If provision is made for separate periods of implementation for separate lots, such periods shall
        not be aggregated in cases where one Contractor is allocated more than one lot.

Article 20     Extension of period of implementation
20.1    The Contractor may request an extension to the period of implementation if his implementation of
        the contract is delayed, or expected to be delayed, for any of the following reasons:
                a) extra or additional supplies ordered by the Contracting Authority;
                b) exceptional weather conditions in the country of the Contracting Authority which may
                affect installation or erection of the supplies;
                c) physical obstructions or conditions which may affect delivery of the supplies, which
                could not reasonably have been foreseen by a competent contractor;
                d) administrative orders affecting the date of completion other than those arising from the
                Contractor's default;
                e) failure of the Contracting Authority to fulfil its obligations under the contract;
                f) any suspension of the delivery and/or installation of the supplies which is not due to the
                Contractor's default;
                g) force majeure;
                h) any other causes referred to in these General Conditions which are not due to the
                Contractor's default.
20.2    Within 15 days of realising that a delay might occur, the Contractor shall notify the Project
        Manager of his intention to make a request for extension of the period of implementation to which
        he considers himself entitled and, save where otherwise agreed between the Contractor and the
        Project Manager, within 30 days provide the Project Manager with comprehensive details so that
        the request can be examined.
20.3    Within 30 days the Project Manager shall, by written notice to the Contractor after due
        consultation with the Contracting Authority and, where appropriate, the Contractor, grant such
        extension of the period of implementation as may be justified, either prospectively or
        retrospectively, or inform the Contractor that he is not entitled to an extension.

Article 21       Delays in implementation
21.1   If the Contractor fails under his own responsibility to deliver any or all of the goods or perform the
       services within the time limit(s) specified in the contract, the Contracting Authority shall, without
       formal notice and without prejudice to its other remedies under the contract, be entitled, for every
       day which shall elapse between the expiry of the implementation period and the actual date of
       completion, to liquidated damages equal to 5/1000 of the value of the undelivered supplies to a
       maximum of 15% of the total value of the contract.
21.2   If the non-delivery of any of the goods prevents the normal use of the supplies as a whole, the
       liquidated damages provided for in paragraph 21.1 shall be calculated on the basis of the total
       contract value.
21.3   If the Contracting Authority has become entitled to claim at least 15% of the contract value it may,
       after giving written notice to the Contractor:
     -           seize the performance guarantee;
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               32 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

       -         terminate the contract, in which case the Contractor will have no right to compensation;
                 and
       -         enter into a contract with a third party for the provision of the balance of the supplies. The
                 Contractor shall not be paid for this part of the contract. The Contractor shall also be
                 liable for the additional costs and damages caused by his failure.

Article 22       Variations
22.1     Subject to the limits set in the Practical Guide to contract procedures for EC external actions, the
         Contracting Authority reserves the right, to vary the quantities as stated in the Special Conditions.
         The total value of the supplies may not rise or fall as a result of the variation in the quantities by
         more than 25% of the contract price. The unit prices used in the tender shall be applicable to the
         quantities procured under the variation. Substantial modifications to the contract, including
         modifications to the total contract amount, must be made by means of an addendum.
22.2     The Project Manager shall have the power to order any variation to any part of the supplies
         necessary for the proper completion and/or functioning of the supplies. Such variations may
         include additions, omissions, substitutions, changes in quality, quantity, form, character, kind, as
         well as drawings, designs or specifications where the supplies are to be specifically manufactured
         for the Contracting Authority, method of shipment or packing, place of delivery, and in the
         specified sequence, method or timing of implementation of the supplies. No order for a variation
         may result in the invalidation of the contract, but the financial effect of any such variation shall be
         valued in accordance with Article 22.6.
22.3     No variation shall be made except by administrative order, subject to the following provisions:
       a)         if, for whatever reason, the Project Manager believes it necessary to give an order orally,
                  he shall confirm the order by an administrative order as soon as possible;
       b)         if the Contractor confirms in writing an oral order given for the purpose of Article 22.3.a
                  and the confirmation is not contradicted in writing forthwith by the Project Manager, an
                  administrative order shall be deemed to have been issued for the variation;
       c)         an administrative order for a variation shall not be required when increasing or
                  decreasing the quantity of any work because the estimates in the bill of quantities or
                  budget breakdown were too high or too low.
22.4     Save where Article 22.2 provides otherwise, prior to issuing an administrative order for a
         variation, the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor of the nature and form of that variation.
         As soon as possible, after receiving such notice, the Contractor shall submit to the Project
         Manager a proposal containing:
       -          a description of the tasks, if any, to be performed or the measures to be taken and an
                  implementation programme;
       -          any necessary modifications to the implementation programme or to any of the
                  Contractor's obligations under the contract;
       -          any adjustment to the contract price in accordance with the rules set out in Article 22.
22.5     Following the receipt of the Contractor's submission referred to in Article 22.4, the Project
         Manager shall, after due consultation with the Contracting Authority and, where appropriate, the
         Contractor, decide as soon as possible whether or not the variation should be carried out. If the
         Project Manager decides that the variation is to be carried out, he shall issue an administrative
         order stating that the variation is to be made at the prices and under the conditions given in the
         Contractor's submission referred to in Article 22.4 or as modified by the Project Manager in
         accordance with Article 22.6.
22.6     The prices for all variations ordered by the Project Manager in accordance with Articles 22.3 and
         22.5 shall be ascertained by the Project Manager in accordance with the following principles:
       -          where the task is of similar character and implemented under similar conditions to an
                  item priced in the bill of quantities or budget breakdown, it shall be valued at such rates
                  and prices contained therein;
       -          where the task is not of similar character or is not implemented under similar conditions,
                  the rates and prices in the contract shall be used as the basis for valuation in so far as is
                  reasonable, failing which a fair valuation shall be made by the Project Manager;
       -          if the nature or amount of any variation relative to the nature or amount of the whole of
                  the contract or to any part thereof is such that, in the opinion of the Project Manager, any
                  rate or price contained in the contract for any item of work is by reason of such variation
                  rendered unreasonable, then the Project Manager shall fix such rate or price as he thinks
                  reasonable and proper in the circumstances;
       -          where a variation is necessitated by a default or breach of contract by the Contractor, any

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  33 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

                 additional cost attributable to such variation shall be borne by the Contractor.
22.7    On receipt of the administrative order requesting the variation, the Contractor shall proceed to
        carry out the variation and be bound by that order in so doing as if such variation were stated in
        the contract. The supplies shall not be delayed pending the granting of any extension of
        implementation period or adjustment to the contract price. Where the order for a variation
        precedes the adjustment to the contract price, the Contractor shall keep records of the costs of
        undertaking the variation and of the time expended thereon. Such records shall be open to
        inspection by the Project Manager at all reasonable times.

22.8   Contractual variations not covered by an administrative order must be formalised through an
       addendum to the contract signed by all parties. Changes of address or bank account may simply
       be notified in writing by the Contractor to the Contracting Authority. Any contractual variations must
       respect the general principles defined in the Practical guide to contract procedures for EC external
       actions.
Article 23       Suspension
23.1    The Project Manager may, by administrative order, at any time, instruct the Contractor to
        suspend:
        a)       the manufacture of the supplies; or
        b)       the delivery of supplies to the place of acceptance at the time specified for delivery in the
                 implementation programme or, if no time specified, at the time appropriate for it to be
                 delivered; or
        c)       the installation of the supplies which have been delivered to the place of acceptance.
23.2    The Contractor shall, during suspension, protect and secure the supplies affected at the
        Contractor's warehouse or elsewhere, against any deterioration, loss or damage to the extent
        possible and as instructed by the Project Manager, even if supplies have been delivered to the
        place of acceptance in accordance with the contract but their installation has been suspended by
        the Project Manager.
23.3    Additional expenses incurred in connection with such protective measure shall be added to the
        contract price. The Contractor shall not be paid any additional expenses if the suspension is:
        a)       dealt with differently in the contract; or
        b)       necessary by reason of normal climatic conditions at the place of acceptance; or
        c)       necessary owing to some default of the Contractor; or
        d)       necessary for the safety or the proper execution of the contract or any part thereof insofar
                 as such necessity does not arise from any act or default by the Project Manager or the
                 Contracting Authority.
23.4    The Contractor shall not be entitled to such additions to the contract price unless he notifies the
        Project Manager, within 30 days of receiving the order to suspend progress of delivery, of his
        intention to make a claim for them.
23.5    The Project Manager, after consultation with the Contracting Authority and the Contractor, shall
        determine such extra payment and/or extension of the period of implementation to be made to the
        Contractor in respect of such claim as shall, in the opinion of the Project Manager, be fair and
        reasonable.
23.6    If the period of suspension exceeds 180 days, and the suspension is not due to the Contractor's
        default, the Contractor may, by notice to the Project Manager, request to proceed with the
        supplies within 30 days, or terminate the contract.
23.7    Where the award procedure or execution of the contract is vitiated by substantial errors or
        irregularities or by fraud, the Contracting Authority shall suspend execution of the contract. Where
        such errors, irregularities or fraud are attributable to the Contractor, the Contracting Authority may
        also refuse to make payments or may recover monies already paid, in proportion to the
        seriousness of the errors, irregularities or fraud.
        The purpose of suspending the contract shall be to verify whether presumed substantial errors
        and irregularities or fraud have actually occurred. If they are not confirmed, execution of the
        contract shall resume as soon as possible. A substantial error or irregularity shall be any
        infringement of a contract or regulatory provision resulting from an act or an omission that causes
        or might cause a loss to the Community budget.


                                     MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

Article 24     Quality of supplies
24.1    The supplies must in all respects satisfy the technical specifications laid down in the contract and
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                34 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        conform in all respects to the drawings, surveys, models, samples, patterns and other
        requirements in the contract, which must be held at the disposal of the Contracting Authority or
        the Project Manager for the purposes of identification throughout the period of execution.
24.2    Any preliminary technical acceptance stipulated in the Special Conditions should be the subject of
        a request sent by the Contractor to the Project Manager. The request shall specify the materials,
        items and samples submitted for such acceptance according to the contract and indicate the lot
        number and the place where acceptance is to take place, as appropriate. The materials, items
        and samples specified in the request must be certified by the Project Manager as meeting the
        requirements for such acceptance prior to their incorporation in the supplies.
24.3    Even if materials or items to be incorporated in the supplies or in the manufacture of components
        to be supplied have been technically accepted in this way, they may still be rejected if a further
        examination reveals defects or faults, in which case they must immediately be replaced by the
        Contractor. The Contractor may be given the opportunity to repair and make good materials and
        items which have been rejected, but such materials and items will be accepted for incorporation
        in the supplies only if they have been repaired and made good to the satisfaction of the Project
        Manager.
Article 25       Inspection and testing
25.1    The Contractor shall ensure that the supplies are delivered to the place of acceptance in time to
        allow the Project Manager to proceed with acceptance of the supplies. The Contractor is deemed
        to have fully appreciated the difficulties which he might encounter in this respect, and he shall not
        be permitted to advance any grounds for delay.
25.2    The Project Manager shall be entitled, from time to time, to inspect, examine, measure and test
        the components, materials and workmanship, and check the progress of preparation, fabrication
        or manufacture of anything being prepared, fabricated or manufactured for delivery under the
        contract, in order to establish whether the components, materials and workmanship are of the
        requisite quality and quantity. This shall take place at the place of manufacture, fabrication,
        preparation or at the place of acceptance or at such other places as may be specified in the
        Special Conditions.
25.3    For the purposes of such tests and inspections, the Contractor shall:
       a)        provide the Project Manager, temporarily and free of charge, with such assistance, test
                 samples or parts, machines, equipment, tools, labour, materials, drawings and production
                 data as are normally required for inspection and testing;
       b)        agree, with the Project Manager, the time and place for tests;
       c)        give the Project Manager access at all reasonable times to the place where the tests are
                 to be carried out.
25.4    If the Project Manager is not present on the date agreed for tests, the Contractor may, unless
        otherwise instructed by the Project Manager, proceed with the tests, which shall be deemed to
        have been made in the Project Manager's presence. The Contractor shall immediately send duly
        certified copies of the test results to the Project Manager, who shall, if he has not attended the
        test, be bound by the test results.
25.5    When components and materials have passed the above-mentioned tests, the Project Manager
        shall notify the Contractor or endorse the Contractor's certificate to that effect.
25.6    If the Project Manager and the Contractor disagree on the test results, each shall state his views
        to the other within 15 days of such disagreement. The Project Manager or the Contractor may
        require such tests to be repeated on the same terms and conditions or, if either Party so
        requests, by an expert selected by common consent. All test reports shall be submitted to the
        Project Manager, who shall communicate the results of these tests without delay to the
        Contractor. The results of retesting shall be conclusive. The cost of retesting shall be borne by
        the Party whose views are proved wrong by the retesting.
25.7    In the performance of their duties, the Project Manager and any person authorised by him shall
        not disclose to unauthorised persons information concerning the undertaking's methods of
        manufacture and operation obtained through inspection and testing.


                                                  PAYMENTS

Article 26       General principles
26.1 Payments shall be made in euro or national currency. The Special Conditions shall lay down the
     administrative or technical conditions governing payments of pre-financing, interim and/or final
     payments made in accordance with the General Conditions. Where payment is in the national
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               35 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        currency, it shall be converted into euro at the rate published on the Infor-Euro on the first working
        day of the month in which the payment is made.
26.2    Payments due by the Contracting Authority shall be made to the bank account mentioned on the
        financial identification form completed by the Contractor. The same form, annexed to the payment
        request, must be used to report changes of bank account.
26.3    Sums due shall be paid within no more than 45 calendar days from the date on which an
        admissible payment request is registered by the competent department specified in the Special
        Conditions. The date of payment shall be the date on which the institution's account is debited.
        The payment request shall not be admissible if one or more essential requirements are not met.
26.4    The 45-day period may be suspended by notifying the Contractor that the payment request cannot
        be fulfilled because the sum is not due, because appropriate substantiating documents have not
        been provided or because there is evidence that the expenditure might not be eligible. In the latter
        case, an inspection may be carried out on the spot for the purpose of further checks. The
        Contractor shall provide clarifications, modifications or further information within 30 days of being
        asked to do so. The payment period shall continue to run from the date on which a properly drawn-
        up payment request is registered.
26.5      The payments shall be made as follows:
                   a) 60% of the contract price after the signing of the contract, against provision of the
                   performance guarantee. If the pre-financing payment exceeds EUR 150.000, the
                   Contractor must provide a financial guarantee for the full amount of the prefinancing
                   payment. This financial guarantee must remain valid until it is released 45 days at the
                   latest after the provisional acceptance of the goods;

                  b) 40% of the contract price, as payment of the balance outstanding, following provisional
                  acceptance of the supplies;


26.6     Where only part of the supplies have been delivered, the 40% payment due following partial
         provisional acceptance shall be calculated on the value of the supplies which have actually been
         accepted and the security shall be released accordingly.
26.7     For supplies not covered by a warranty period, the payments listed above shall be aggregated.
         The conditions to which the payments of pre-financing, interim and/or final payments are subject,
         shall be as stated in the Special Conditions.

26.8     The payment obligations of the EC under this Contract shall cease at most 18 months after the
         end of the period of implementation, unless the Contract is terminated in accordance with these
         General Conditions.

26.9     Unless otherwise stipulated in the Special Conditions, contracts shall be at fixed prices, which
         shall not be revised.

26.10    The Contractor undertakes to repay any amounts paid in excess of the final amount due to the
         Contracting Authority within 45 days of receiving a request to do so. Should the Contractor fail to
         make repayment within the deadline set by the Contracting Authority, the Contracting Authority
         may (unless the Contractor is a government department or public body of a Member State of the
         Community) increase the amounts due by adding interest:

         - at the rediscount rate applied by the central bank of the country of the Contracting Authority if
         payments are in the currency of that country;

         - at the rate applied by the European Central Bank to its main refinancing transactions in euro
         where payments are in euro,

         on the first day of the month in which the time-limit expired, plus three and a half percentage
         points. The default interest shall be incurred over the time which elapses between the date of the
         payment deadline set by the Contracting Authority (exclusive), and the date on which payment is
         actually made (inclusive). Any partial payments shall first cover the interest thus established.

         Amounts to be repaid to the Contracting Authority may be offset against amounts of any kind due
         to the Contractor. This shall not affect the Parties' right to agree on payment in instalments. Bank
         charges incurred by the repayment of amounts due to the Contracting Authority shall be borne
         entirely by the Contractor. Where necessary the European Community may as a donor subrogate
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                36 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        itself to the Contracting Authority.

Article 27       Payment to third parties
27.1    Orders for payments to third parties may be carried out only after an assignment made in
        accordance with Article 5. The Contracting Authority shall be notified of the assignment.
27.2    Notification of beneficiaries of the assignment shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
27.3    In the event of a legally binding attachment of the property of the Contractor affecting payments
        due to him under the contract, and without prejudice to the time limit laid down in the Special
        Conditions, the Contracting Authority shall have 30 days, starting from the day on which it
        receives notification of the definitive lifting of the obstacle to payment, to resume payments to the
        Contractor.
Article 28        Delayed payments
28.1 The Contracting Authority shall pay the Contractor sums due within 45 days of the date on which
        an admissible payment is registered, in accordance with Article 43 of these General Conditions.
        This period shall begin to run from the approval of these documents by the competent department
        referred to in Article 43 of the Special Conditions. These documents shall be approved either
        expressly or tacitly, in the absence of any written reaction in the 45 days following their receipt
        accompanied by the requisite documents.
28.2 Once the deadline laid down in Article 28.1 has expired, the Contractor may, within two months of
        late payment, claim late-payment interest:
       - at the rediscount rate applied by the issuing institution of the country of the Contracting
           Authority where payments are in national currency;
       - at the rate applied by the European Central Bank to its main refinancing transactions in euro, as
           published in the Official Journal of the European Union, where payments are in euro,
       on the first day of the month in which the deadline expired, plus seven percentage points. The late-
       payment interest shall apply to the time which elapses between the date of the payment deadline
       (exclusive) and the date on which the Contracting Authority's account is debited (inclusive).
28.3 Any default in payment of more than 90 days from the expiry of the period laid down in Article 28.1
     shall entitle the Contractor either not to perform the contract or to terminate it, with 30 days' prior
     notice to the Contracting Authority and the Project Manager.

                                    ACCEPTANCE AND MAINTENANCE

Article 29       Delivery
29.1    The Contractor shall deliver the supplies in accordance with the conditions of the contract. The
        supplies shall be at the risk of the Contractor until their provisional acceptance.
29.2    The Contractor shall provide such packaging of supplies as is required to prevent their damage or
        deterioration in transit to their destination as indicated in the contract. The packaging shall be
        sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough handling, exposure to extreme temperatures, salt
        and precipitation during transit and open storage. Package size and weight shall take into
        consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the final destination of the supplies, and the
        possible absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit.
29.3    The packaging, marking and documentation inside and outside the packages shall comply with
        such requirements as shall be expressly provided for in the Special Conditions, subject to any
        variations subsequently ordered by the Project Manager.
29.4    No supplies shall be shipped or delivered to the place of acceptance until the Contractor has
        received a delivery order from the Project Manager. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
        delivery at the place of acceptance of all supplies and supplier's equipment required for the
        purpose of the contract. If the Project Manager fails either to issue the certificate of provisional
        acceptance or to reject the Contractor's application within the period of 30 days, he shall be
        deemed to have issued the certificate on the last day of that period.
29.5    Each delivery must be accompanied by a statement drawn up by the Contractor. This statement
        shall be as specified in the Special Conditions.
29.6    Each package shall be clearly marked in accordance with the Special Conditions.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               37 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

29.7    Delivery shall be deemed to have been made when there is written evidence available to both
        Parties that delivery of the supplies has taken place in accordance with the terms of the contract,
        and the invoice(s) and all such other documentation specified in the Special Conditions, have
        been submitted to the Contracting Authority. Where the supplies are delivered to an
        establishment of the Contracting Authority, the latter shall bear the responsibility of bailee, in
        accordance with the requirements of the law applicable to the contract, during the time which
        elapses between delivery for storage and acceptance.
Article 30       Verification operations
30.1    The supplies shall not be accepted until the prescribed verifications and tests have been carried
        out at the expense of the Contractor. The inspections and tests may be conducted before
        shipment, at the point of delivery and/or at the final destination of the goods.

30.2    The Project Manager shall, during the progress of the delivery of the supplies and before the
        supplies are taken over, have the power to order or decide:
        a)       the removal from the place of acceptance, within such time or times as may be specified
                 in the order, of any supplies which, in the opinion of the Project Manager, are not in
                 accordance with the contract;
        b)       their replacement with proper and suitable supplies;
        c)       the removal and proper re-installation, notwithstanding any previous test thereof or
                 interim payment therefor, of any installation which in respect of materials, workmanship
                 or design for which the Contractor is responsible, is not, in the opinion of the Project
                 Manager, in accordance with the contract;
        d)       that any work done or goods supplied or materials used by the Contractor is or are not in
                 accordance with the contract, or that the supplies or any portion thereof do not fulfil the
                 requirements of the contract.
30.3    The Contractor shall, with all speed and at his own expense, make good the defects so specified.
        If the Contractor does not comply with such order, the Contracting Authority shall be entitled to
        employ other persons to carry out the orders and all expenses consequent thereon or incidental
        thereto shall be deducted by the Contracting Authority from any monies due or which may
        become due to the Contractor.
30.4    Supplies which are not of the required quality shall be rejected. A special mark may be applied to
        the rejected supplies. This shall not be such as to alter them or affect their commercial value.
        Rejected supplies shall be removed by the Contractor from the place of acceptance, if the Project
        Manager so requires, within a period which the Project Manager shall specify, failing which they
        shall be removed as of right at the expense and risk of the Contractor. Any works incorporating
        rejected materials shall be rejected.
30.5    The provisions of Article 30 shall not affect the right of the Contracting Authority to claim under
        Article 21, nor shall it in any way release the Contractor from any warranty or other obligations
        under the contract.
Article 31       Provisional acceptance
31.1    The supplies shall be taken over by the Contracting Authority when they have been delivered in
        accordance with the contract, have satisfactorily passed the required tests, or have been
        commissioned as the case may be, and a certificate of provisional acceptance has been issued
        or is deemed to have been issued.
31.2    The Contractor may apply, by notice to the Project Manager, for a certificate of provisional
        acceptance when supplies are ready for provisional acceptance. The Project Manager shall within
        30 days of receipt of the Contractor's application either:
        -        issue the certificate of provisional acceptance to the Contractor with a copy to the
                 Contracting Authority stating, where appropriate, his reservations, and, inter alia, the date
                 on which, in his opinion, the supplies were completed in accordance with the contract
                 and ready for provisional acceptance; or
        -        reject the application, giving his reasons and specifying the action which, in his opinion, is
                 required of the Contractor for the certificate to be issued.
31.3    Should exceptional circumstances make it impossible to proceed with the acceptance of the
        supplies during the period fixed for provisional or final acceptance, a statement certifying such
        impossibility shall be drawn up by the Project Manager after consultation, where possible, with
        the Contractor. The certificate of acceptance or rejection shall be drawn up within 30 days
        following the date on which such impossibility ceases to exist. The Contractor shall not invoke
        these circumstances in order to avoid the obligation of presenting the supplies in a state suitable

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 38 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        for acceptance.
31.4    If the Project Manager fails either to issue the certificate of provisional acceptance or to reject the
        supplies within the period of 30 days, he shall be deemed to have issued the certificate on the
        last day of that period, except where the certificate of provisional acceptance is deemed to
        constitute a certificate of final acceptance. In this case, Article 34.2 below does not apply. If the
        supplies are divided by the contract into lots, the Contractor shall be entitled to apply for a
        separate certificate for each lot.
31.5    In case of partial delivery, the Contracting Authority reserves the right to give partial provisional
        acceptance.
31.6    Upon provisional acceptance of the supplies, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove
        temporary structures and materials no longer required for use in connection with the
        implementation of the contract. He shall also remove any litter or obstruction and redress any
        change in the condition of the place of acceptance as required by the contract.

Article 32       Warranty obligations
32.1    The Contractor shall warrant that the supplies are new, unused, of the most recent models and
        incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless otherwise provided in the
        contract. The Contractor shall further warrant that all supplies shall have no defect arising from
        design, materials or workmanship, except insofar as the design or materials are required by the
        specifications, or from any act or omission, that may develop under use of the supplies in the
        conditions obtaining in the country of the Contracting Authority. This warranty shall remain valid
        as specified in the Special Conditions.
32.2    The Contractor shall be responsible for making good any defect in, or damage to, any part of the
        supplies which may appear or occur during the warranty period and which:
        a)       results from the use of defective materials, faulty workmanship or design of the
                 Contractor; or
        b)       results from any act or omission of the Contractor during the warranty period; or
        c)       appears in the course of an inspection made by, or on behalf of, the Contracting
                 Authority.
32.3    The Contractor shall at his own cost make good the defect or damage as soon as practicable.
        The warranty period for all items replaced or repaired shall recommence from the date on which
        the replacement or repair was made to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. If the contract
        provides for partial acceptance, the warranty period shall be extended only for the part of the
        supplies affected by the replacement or repair.
32.4    If any such defect appears or such damage occurs during the warranty period, the Contracting
        Authority or the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to remedy a
        defect or damage within the time limit stipulated in the notification, the Contracting Authority may:
        a)       remedy the defect or the damage itself, or employ someone else to carry out the work at
                 the Contractor's risk and cost, in which case the costs incurred by the Contracting
                 Authority shall be deducted from monies due to or guarantees held against the
                 Contractor or from both; or
        b)       terminate the contract.
32.5    In emergencies, where the Contractor cannot be reached immediately or, having been reached,
        is unable to take the measures required, the Contracting Authority or the Project Manager may
        have the work carried out at the expense of the Contractor. The Contracting Authority or the
        Project Manager shall as soon as practicable inform the Contractor of the action taken.
32.6    The warranty obligations shall be stipulated in the Special Conditions and technical
        specifications. If the duration of the warranty period is not specified, it shall be 365 days. The
        warranty period shall commence on the date of provisional acceptance and may recommence in
        accordance with Article 32.3.
Article 33       After-sales service
        An after-sales service, if required by the contract, shall be provided in accordance with the details
        stipulated in the Special Conditions. The Contractor shall undertake to carry out or have carried
        out the maintenance and repair of supplies and to provide a rapid supply of spare parts. The
        Special Conditions may specify that the Contractor must provide any or all of the following
        materials, notifications and documents pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed by
        the Contractor:
        a) such spare parts as the Contracting Authority may choose to purchase from the Contractor, it
        being understood that this choice shall not release the Contractor from any warranty obligations

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 39 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        under the contract;
        b) in the event of termination of production of the spare parts, advance notification to the
        Contracting Authority to allow it to procure the parts required and, following such termination,
        provision at no cost to the Contracting Authority of the blueprints, drawings and specifications of
        the spare parts, if and when requested.
Article 34       Final acceptance
34.1    Upon expiry of the warranty period or, where there is more than one such period, upon expiry of
        the latest period, and when all defects or damage have been rectified, the Project Manager shall
        issue the Contractor a final acceptance certificate, with a copy to the Contracting Authority,
        stating the date on which the Contractor completed his obligations under the contract to the
        Project Manager's satisfaction. The final acceptance certificate shall be issued by the Project
        Manager within 30 days of the expiry of the warranty period or as soon as any repairs ordered
        under Article 32 have been completed to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
34.2    The contract shall not be considered to have been performed in full until the final acceptance
        certificate has been signed or is deemed to have been signed by the Project Manager.
34.3    Notwithstanding the issue of the final acceptance certificate, the Contractor and the Contracting
        Authority shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation incurred under the contract prior to
        the issue of the final acceptance certificate which remains unperformed at the time that final
        acceptance certificate is issued. The nature and extent of any such obligation shall be determined
        by reference to the provisions of the contract.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 40 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                               BREACH OF CONTRACT AND TERMINATION

Article 35       Breach of contract
35.1    A Party shall be in a breach of contract if it fails to discharge any of its obligations under the
        contract.
35.2    Where a breach of contract occurs, the injured Party shall be entitled to the following remedies:
        a)       damages; and/or
        b)       termination of the contract.
35.3    In addition to the above-mentioned measures, damages may be awarded. They may be either:
        a) general damages; or
        b) liquidated damages.
35.4    Recovery of damages, disbursements or expenses resulting from the application of measures
        provided for in this Article shall be effected by deduction from the sums due to the Contractor,
        from the deposit, or by payment under the guarantee.

Article 36      Termination by the Contracting Authority
36.1    The Contracting Authority may, after giving the Contractor seven days' notice, terminate the
        contract in any of the following cases:
        a)      the Contractor substantially fails to perform his obligations under this contract;
        b)      the Contractor fails to comply within a reasonable time with a notice given by the Project
                Manager requiring him to make good any neglect or failure to perform his obligations
                under the contract which seriously affects the proper and timely implementation of the
                supplies;
        c)      the Contractor refuses or neglects to carry out administrative orders given by the Project
                Manager;
        d)      the Contractor assigns the contract or subcontracts without the authorisation of the
                Contracting Authority;
        e)      the Contractor is bankrupt or being wound up, is having its affairs administered by the
                courts, has entered into an arrangement with creditors, has suspended business
                activities, is the subject of proceedings concerning those matters, or is in any analogous
                situation arising from a similar procedure provided for in national legislation or
                regulations;
        f)      the Contractor has been convicted of an offence concerning professional conduct by a
                judgment which has the force of res judicata;
        g)      the Contractor has been guilty of grave professional misconduct proven by any means
                which the Contracting Authority can justify;
        h)      the Contractor has been the subject of a judgment which has the force of res judicata for
                fraud, corruption, involvement in a criminal organisation or any other illegal activity
                detrimental to the Communities' financial interests;
        i)      the Contractor, following another procurement procedure or grant award procedure
                financed by the Community budget, has been declared to be in serious breach of contract
                for failure to perform its contractual obligations;
        j)      any organisational modification occurs involving a change in the legal personality, nature
                or control of the Contractor, unless such modification is recorded in an addendum to the
                contract;
        k)      any other legal disability hindering execution of the contract occurs;
        l)      the Contractor fails to provide the required guarantee or insurance, or if the person
                providing the earlier guarantee or insurance required under the present contract is not
                able to abide by his commitments.
36.2    Termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or powers of the Contracting Authority
        and the Contractor under the contract. The Contracting Authority may, thereafter, conclude any
        other contract with a third party on behalf of the Contractor. The Contractor's liability for delay in
        completion shall immediately cease upon termination without prejudice to any liability thereunder
        that may already have occurred.
36.3    The Project Manager shall, upon the issue of the notice of termination of the contract, instruct the
        Contractor to take immediate steps to bring the implementation of the supplies to a close in a
        prompt and orderly manner and to reduce expenditure to a minimum.
36.4    In the event of termination, the Project Manager shall, as soon as possible and in the presence of
        the Contractor or his representatives or having duly summoned them, draw up a report on the
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                41 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        supplies delivered and the work performed and take an inventory of the materials supplied and
        unused. A statement shall also be drawn up of monies due to the Contractor and of monies owed
        by the Contractor to the Contracting Authority as at the date of termination of the contract.
36.5    The Contracting Authority shall not be obliged to make any further payments to the Contractor
        until the supplies are completed, whereupon the Contracting Authority shall be entitled to recover
        from the Contractor the extra costs, if any, of providing the supplies or shall pay any balance due
        to the Contractor prior to the termination of the contract.
36.6    If the Contracting Authority terminates the contract it shall be entitled to recover from the
        Contractor any loss it has suffered under the contractual conditions set out in Article 2 of the
        Special Conditions.
36.7    This contract shall be automatically terminated if it has given risen to no payment in the three
        years following its signing.
Article 37       Termination by the Contractor
37.1    The Contractor may, after giving 14 days notice to the Contracting Authority, terminate the
        contract if the Contracting Authority:
        -        fails to pay the Contractor the amounts due under any certificate issued by the Project
                 Manager after the expiry of the deadline stated in the Special Conditions;
        -        consistently fails to meet its obligations after repeated reminders; or
        -        suspends the delivery of the supplies, or any part thereof, for more than 180 days, for
                 reasons not specified in the contract or not attributable to the Contractor.
37.2    Termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or powers under the contract of the
        Contracting Authority and the Contractor.
37.3    In the event of such termination, the Contracting Authority shall pay the Contractor for any loss or
        damage the Contractor may have suffered.
Article 38       Force majeure
38.1    Neither Party shall be considered to be in default or in breach of its obligations under the contract
        if the performance of such obligations is prevented by any event of force majeure arising after the
        date of notification of award or the date when the contract becomes effective, whichever is the
        earlier.
38.2    For the purposes of this Article, the term "force majeure" means acts of God, strikes, lock-outs or
        other industrial disturbances, acts of the public enemy, wars whether declared or not, blockades,
        insurrection, riots, epidemics, landslides, earthquakes, storms, lightning, floods, washouts, civil
        disturbances, explosions and any other similar unforeseeable events which are beyond the
        Parties' control and cannot be overcome by due diligence.
38.3    Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 21 and 36, the Contractor shall not be liable to forfeiture
        of his performance guarantee, liquidated damages or termination for default if, and to the extent
        that, his delay in implementation or other failure to perform his obligations under the contract is
        the result of an event of force majeure. Nor, notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 28 and 37,
        shall the Contracting Authority be liable for the payment of interest on delayed payments, for non-
        implementation or for termination by the Contractor for default if, and to the extent that, the
        Contracting Authority's delay or other failure to perform its obligations is the result of force
        majeure.
38.4    If either Party considers that any circumstances of force majeure have occurred which may affect
        performance of its obligations, it shall promptly notify the other Party and the Project Manager,
        giving details of the nature, the probable duration and the likely effect of the circumstances.
        Unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager in writing, the Contractor shall continue to
        perform his obligations under the contract as far as is reasonably practicable, and shall employ
        every reasonable alternative means to perform any obligations that the event of force majeure
        does not prevent him from performing. The Contractor shall not employ such alternative means
        unless directed to do so by the Project Manager.
38.5    If the Contractor incurs additional costs in complying with the Project Manager's directions or
        using alternative means under Article 38.4, the amount thereof shall be certified by the Project
        Manager.
38.6    If circumstances of force majeure have occurred and continue for a period of 180 days then,
        notwithstanding any extension of time for completion of the contract that the Contractor may by
        reason thereof have been granted, either Party shall be entitled to serve the other with 30 days'
        notice to terminate the contract. If, on the expiry of the period of 30 days, the situation of force
        majeure still applies, the contract shall be terminated and, by virtue of the law governing the
        contract, the Parties shall be released from further execution of the contract.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                42 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Article 39       Death
39.1    Where the Contractor is a natural person, the contract shall be automatically terminated if that
        person dies. However, the Contracting Authority shall examine any proposal made by the heirs or
        beneficiaries if they have notified their wish to continue the contract. The decision of the
        Contracting Authority shall be notified to those concerned within 30 days of receipt of such
        proposal.
39.2    Where the Contractor consists of a number of natural persons and one or more of them die, a
        report shall be agreed between the Parties on the progress of the contract, and the Contracting
        Authority shall decide whether to terminate or continue the contract in accordance with the
        undertaking given by the survivors and by the heirs or beneficiaries, as the case may be.
39.3    In the cases provided for in Articles 39.1 and 39.2, persons offering to continue to perform the
        contract shall notify the Contracting Authority thereof within 15 days of the date of decease.
39.4    Such persons shall be jointly and severally liable for the proper execution of the contract to the
        same extent as the original Contractor. Continuation of the contract shall be subject to the rules
        relating to establishment of the guarantee provided for in Article 11.


                                           DISPUTE SETTLEMENT

Article 40       Amicable dispute settlement
40.1    The Parties shall make every effort to settle amicably any dispute which may arise between them.
        Once a dispute has arisen, the Parties shall notify each other in writing of their positions on the
        dispute and any solution which they consider possible. If either Party deems it useful, the Parties
        shall meet and try and settle the dispute. A Party shall respond to a request for amicable
        settlement within 30 days of such a request. The maximum period laid down for reaching such a
        settlement shall be 120 days from the commencement of the procedure. Should the attempt to
        reach an amicable settlement fail or a Party fail to respond in time to requests for a settlement,
        either Party shall be free to proceed to the next stage of the dispute-settlement procedure by
        notifying the other.
40.2    If the amicable dispute-settlement procedure fails, the Parties may, in the case of decentralised
        contracts, agree to try conciliation through the European Commission. If no settlement is reached
        within 120 days of the start of the conciliation procedure, each Party shall be entitled to move on
        to the next state of the dispute-settlement procedure.

Article 41      Dispute settlement by litigation
If no settlement is reached within 120 days of the start of the amicable dispute-settlement procedure,
each Party may seek:
        a)      either a ruling from a national court
        b)      or an arbitration ruling
in accordance with the Special Conditions of this contract.

                                              ETHICS CLAUSES
Article 42       Ethics clauses
42.1    Any attempt by a candidate or tenderer to obtain confidential information, enter into unlawful
        agreements with competitors or influence the committee or the Contracting Authority during the
        process of examining, clarifying, evaluating and comparing tenders shall lead to the rejection of
        his candidacy or tender.
42.2    Without the Contracting Authority's prior written authorisation, a Contractor and his staff or any
        other company with which the Contractor is associated or linked may not, even on an ancillary or
        subcontracting basis, supply other services, carry out works or supply equipment for the project.
42.3    This prohibition also applies to any other programmes or projects that could, owing to the nature
        of the contract, give rise to a conflict of interest on the part of the Contractor.
42.4    When putting forward a candidacy or tender, the candidate or tenderer shall declare that he is
        affected by no potential conflict of interest and has no particular link with other tenderers or
        parties involved in the project. Should such a situation arise during execution of the contract, the
        Contractor must immediately inform the Contracting Authority.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              43 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

42.5    The Contractor must at all times act impartially and as a faithful adviser in accordance with the
        code of conduct of his profession. He shall refrain from making public statements about the
        project or services without the Contracting Authority's prior approval. He may not commit the
        Contracting Authority in any way without its prior written consent.
42.6    For the duration of the contract the Contractor and his staff shall respect human rights and
        undertake not to offend the political, cultural and religious mores of the beneficiary state.
42.7    The Contractor may accept no payment connected with the contract other than that provided for
        therein. The Contractor and his staff must not exercise any activity or receive any advantage
        inconsistent with their obligations to the Contracting Authority.
42.8    The Contractor and his staff shall be obliged to maintain professional secrecy for the entire
        duration of the contract and after its completion. All reports and documents drawn up or received
        by the Contractor shall be confidential.
42.9    The contract shall govern the Parties' use of all reports and documents drawn up, received or
        presented by them during the execution of the contract.
42.10   The Contractor shall refrain from any relationship likely to compromise his independence or that
        of his staff. If the Contractor ceases to be independent, the Contracting Authority may, regardless
        of injury, terminate the contract without further notice and without the Contractor having any claim
        to compensation.
42.11   The Commission reserves the right to suspend or cancel project financing if corrupt practices of
        any kind are discovered at any stage of the award process and if the Contracting Authority fails to
        take all appropriate measures to remedy the situation. For the purposes of this provision, "corrupt
        practices" are the offer of a bribe, gift, gratuity or commission to any person as an inducement or
        reward for performing or refraining from any act relating to the award of a contract or
        implementation of a contract already concluded with the Contracting Authority.
42.12   Such unusual commercial expenses are commissions not mentioned in the main contract or not
        stemming from a properly concluded contract referring to the main contract, commissions not
        paid in return for any actual and legitimate service, commissions remitted to a tax haven,
        commissions paid to a recipient who is not clearly identified or commissions paid to a company
        which has every appearance of being a front company.
42.13   The Contractor undertakes to supply the Commission on request with all supporting documents
        relating to the conditions of the contract's execution. The Commission may carry out whatever
        documentary or on-the-spot checks it deems necessary to find evidence in cases of suspected
        unusual commercial expenses.

Article 43       Administrative and financial penalties

43.1    Without prejudice to the application of penalties laid down in the contract, a Contractor who has
        been guilty of making false declarations or has been found to have seriously failed to meet his
        contractual obligations in an earlier procurement procedure shall be excluded from all contracts
        and grants financed by the Community budget for a maximum of two years from the time when
        the infringement is established, as confirmed after an adversarial procedure with the Contractor.
        The Contractor may present his arguments against this penalty within 30 days of notification of
        the penalty by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or any equivalent means. In the
        absence of any reaction on the part of the Contractor, or of withdrawal of the penalty by the
        Commission within 30 days of receipt of the Contractor's arguments against it, the decision
        imposing the penalty shall become enforceable. That period may be increased to three years in
        the event of a repeat offence within five years of the first infringement.
43.2    If the Contractor is found to have seriously failed to meet its contractual obligations, it shall incur
        financial penalties representing 10% of the total value of the contract in question. That rate may
        be increased to 20% in the event of a repeat offence within five years of the first infringement.

Article 44       Checks and audits by Community bodies
44.1 The Contractor will allow the European Commission, the European Anti-Fraud Office and the
       European Court of Auditors to verify, by examining the documents or by means of on-the-spot
       checks, the implementation of the project and conduct a full audit, if necessary, on the basis of
       supporting documents for the accounts, accounting documents and any other document relevant to
       the financing of the project. These inspections may take place up to 7 years after the final
       payment.



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 44 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

44.2 Furthermore, the Contractor will allow the European Anti-Fraud Office to carry out checks and
     verification on the spot in accordance with the procedures set out in the European Community
     legislation for the protection of the financial interests of the European Communities against fraud
     and other irregularities.

44.3 To this end, the Contractor undertakes to give appropriate access to staff or agents of the
     European Commission, of the European Anti-Fraud Office and of the European Court of Auditors to
     the sites and locations at which the Contract is carried out, including its information systems, as
     well as all documents and databases concerning the technical and financial management of the
     project and to take all steps to facilitate their work. Access given to agents of the European
     Commission, European Anti-Fraud Office and the European Court of Auditors shall be on the basis
     of confidentiality with respect to third parties, without prejudice to the obligations of public law to
     which they are subject. Documents must be easily accessible and filed so as to facilitate their
     examination and the Consultant must inform the Contracting Authority of their precise location.

44.4 The Contractor guarantees that the rights of the European Commission, of the European Anti-
     Fraud Office and of the European Court of Auditors to carry out audits, checks and verification will
     be equally applicable, under the same conditions and according to the same rules as those set out
     in this Article, to any sub-contractor or any other party benefiting from EC funds.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              45 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                            ANNEX II: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Part 2 - the Contractor’s technical offer




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                  46 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


1. Background

       The overall objective of the ISPA measure is to improve the environmental infrastructure of
Botosani, a large town in Romania, candidate country for accession to the EU, with the purpose of
meeting the obligations laid down in the Accession Partnership. The performance of „Supply of
Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water and wastewater network” contract shall
enable SC APA GRUP SA to perform its duties to high and efficient standards.
          Due to the poor condition of the water supply distribution system from Botosani city, there are
water losses in the range of 60% out of the total production. There is limited knowledge in operating
sewerage network and there are breaks in the collectors which determine infiltration (with negative impact
on the functioning of the WWTP) and exfiltration (representing a health hazard due to possible
contamination of the ground water table). In order to design the rehabilitation of the drinking water system
and of the sewerage network, it is necessary to map the current situation of the existing infrastructure.
For this purpose, a GIS system comprising hardware, software and modelling tools, together with leak
detection unit and mobile units for sewerage cleaning and CCTV equipment, will be procured. The
equipment will be used to better localise degraded pipes and for the accurate detection of water losses
and infiltration.


2. General Requirements
2.1 Documentation
        2.1.1 All necessary and relevant technical documentation for the proposed equipment shall be
        provided in English or Romanian language. This includes any documentation relating to the
        commissioning of the equipment as carried out by the Contractor’s technical staff.
        2.1.2 Operation and maintenance instruction manuals shall be provided in 3 copies upon delivery
        of the equipment. A Romanian translation shall be provided if not available as original version in
        Romanian.
2.2 Delivery
        2.2.1 The contractual delivery period for lots 1, 2 and 3 is four (4) calendar months from date of
        signature of contract by both parties.
        2.2.2. A programme for delivery, installation and provisional acceptance testing will be agreed
        between the Contracting Authority, Beneficiary and the Contractor of each lot based upon the
        Contractors’ performance programme as required in Article 13.2 of the Special Conditions of
        contract.
        2.2.3 Deliveries shall be made either to the following secure site of the beneficiary,
                                      SC APA GRUP SA Botosani
                                        3 Octav Onicescu Street,
                                             Botosani County
                                                  Romania
        or to other designated locations in Botosani to be notified to the Contractor 30 days prior to
        delivery.
2.3 Warranty
The Contractor shall provide or secure the provision of a local reliable and regular maintenance and local
support thereafter guaranteeing maintenance and the rapid replenishment of spare parts during the
warranty period of one year. The warranty shall include but not be limited to the following:
        2.3.1 Acknowledging receipt of notification by fax of problems requiring technical support.
        2.3.2 Responding to requests for assistance in short response time of no longer than 24 hours, 7
        days per week by sending qualified service engineer if otherwise unable to resolve by telephone
        or e-mail.
        2.3.3 Replacement of defective parts including labour free-of-charge during the warranty period.
        2.3.4 Assistance to beneficiary in presenting claims to manufacturers under manufacturers’
        guarantee after expiry of the Contractor’s warranty period.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              47 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        2.3.5 Furnishing of any tools required for assembly/disassembly of equipment and its
        maintenance
        2.3.6 The Contractor’s proposal for warranty shall include certification from each manufacturer or
        licensed dealer of the offered equipment indicating that support can be provided within Romania
        in the event of failure.
        2.3.7 The standard warranty conditions of the equipment manufacturer if longer than one year will
        apply following final acceptance and expiry of the contract warranty referred to in Article 32 of the
        Special Conditions


2.4 Training
        2.4.1 Training on operation, fault diagnosis and routine maintenance for the equipment during
        normal use shall be given to the beneficiary personnel responsible for operating the equipment.
        The duration for the training is specified under the relevant lot.
        2.4.2 All training shall be conducted during the period and at the place of installation and
        acceptance testing prior to signature of the acceptance certificates.
        2.4.3 The training shall be given in Romanian language. If the Contractor cannot provide the
        training directly in Romanian language and instead will give it in English or other language then a
        translator shall be engaged by the Contractor at his own cost to translate simultaneously into
        Romanian language.
        2.4.4 The training shall be carried out by a qualified instructor.
        2.4.5 Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis for five trainees.


3. Equipment specifications
3.1. All the specified characteristics in the following technical specifications are to be considered the
minimum requirement.
3.2. In cases where software provided has no Romanian version available, the software might be
provided in English version but the training will be held in Romanian with all translation needed.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                48 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                                       LOT 1
          Leak Detection, Flow Measurements and Maintenance Equipments
                                 for Water Network


L 1.1   MOBILE LEAK DETECTION UNIT FOR THE WATER DISTRIBUTION NETWORK

The vehicle mounted water leak detection equipment shall be for-this-purpose built self-contained unit. The
vehicle and water leak equipment shall be fully tested before leaving the contractor.
Water leak detection equipment:
The operators' working place shall be designed economically. There shall be a bench for the operator. All
the instruments must be splash or waterproof from case to case. All the instruments must be delivered with the
associated batteries, cables, chargers and carrying cases for normal operation. All the instruments must
allow to be removed from the test van and to work independently via built-in batteries.
L1.1.1 Logger system for leak noise detection:
         Equipment for water leak location by sound logging. Usable on metallic and non-metallic
            pipes used for water distribution. The operation principle is based on logger devices enabled
            to be temporarily or permanently installed on various network items (hydrants, valves, pipes,
            fittings), in order to transmit the noise level recorded, via radio frequency to a receiving and
            control device.
         Set should be composed by logger devices, receiving and control device and accessories.
         Logger devices:
          - Noise loggers, with bi-directional radio data transfer for leak pre-location by sound
                 logging.
            -    Intelligent and automatic, compact, with a battery lifetime of minimum 7 years.
            -    Leak indication via Leak/No Leak signal, including unique serial ID transmission. Radio
                 distance up to minimum 50 m.
            -    Resistant in high humidity and -10°C to +40°C temperatures conditions
            -    Protection class: IP 68
            -    A set of minimum 45 loggers shall be quoted.
         Receiving and control device:
          - The signal recording performance for each logger in a database (associated Windows
                 software in Romanian language), in association with the geographical description of the
                 vicinity of each leak, is immediately available during patrols.
            -    The menu guided software to enable data to be archived and compared with previous
                 results to ensure that repairs have been carried out between two searches and to identify
                 new leaks that have occurred.
            -    Reports to be generated to assist the leakage team in establishing priorities between
                 leaks.
            -    The Receiving and control device to be able to program the loggers directly via radio link.
            -    Real time noise measurement (maximum, minimum, real time level values, frequency
                 analyse).
            -    The internal software of the receiving and control device should be in Romanian
                 language.
         The set shall be provided with battery charger and all the other accessories for normal
             operation.
         The set must be delivered with an associated PC and printer for database and printouts of
             the results of the test. The computer shall be a laptop with at least Intel Pentium IV (or
             equivalent), 256 MB RAM, 20 GB Hard Disk, CD-ROM driver, Windows XP (or equivalent)
             and Colour Display. A colour ink jet A4 printer to be delivered as well.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                49 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

L 1.1.2 Correlator unit:
    Description:
         Set of equipments for water leak location by sound correlation. Usable on metallic and non-
             metallic pipes used for water distribution. The operation principle is based on the noise recording
             by the two sensors connected to the pipe, amplified and transmitted to the correlator device.
         Noise correlator device must have two radio channels for leak location by sound correlation. The
             instrument shall be provided with radio amplifiers/transmitters, sensors, battery chargers,
             transport case, headphones and all the other accessories for normal operation.
         Correlator device:
             -   Microprocessor controlled, with digital data transmission and process, continuous
                 indication of process on LCD display (320 x 240 dots, VGA) with backlight.
             -   The system has to perform completely automatic the correlation, the distance to the leak
                 being indicated both graphically and numerically in meters.
             -   The menus to be user friendly and easy to handle. Software language should be
                 Romanian.
             -   Operation mode for pipes with mixed materials.
             -   Frequency analyse, coherence analyse, facility for autocorelation (with one sensor only).
                 The instrument must be provided with internal memories (minimum for 10 correlations)
                 and with a PC interface for data printing and downloading. The associated software shall
                 be provided in Romanian language. Software update by RS 232 interface.
             -   Noise filters automatically selected or manually selected.
             -   Weight under maximum 3,5 kg.
             -   Autonomy of at least 12 hours.
         Transmitters devices:
             -   The transmitters must be provided with a display to allow the operator to monitor the noise
                 level and to select the adequate filters on site.
             -   Autonomy of at least 12 hours.
             -   Rugged active piezo sensors with magnetic connector, with flexible connecting cable of at
                 least 2 m long. Weight under 0,5 kg.
         A set of 2 hydrophones to be delivered as well.
         A measuring wheel with metric indication in cm shall be included.
L 1.1.3 Exact leak detection equipment:
         Equipment for leak location confirmation by sound analyse by the acoustic method, with
             digital signal processing.
         Based on controlled computer, the equipment has to perform identification of the leak noise
             through a microprocessor with identification of the minimum value of the noise spectrum and
             computerized filtering of the leak noise. Minimum value should be indicated either as a
             numerical value or as a graphical indication
         The instrument must be provided with:
                 o    LCD display with backlight
                 o    Internal memories for 9 measurement points;
                 o    Frequency analysis
                 o    Gain of min.120 db, with manual control of global gain and separate for the
                      acoustical headphones level.
                 o    A large display to allow the operator to perform the frequency analyse of the received
                      signal and to select the adequate digital filters; the frequency analyse shall be
                      performed in the domain 0 ... 2 kHz. The instrument shall be provided with automatic
                      auto-test facilities and power saving by automatic disconnection.
                 o    Autonomy for at least 35 hours.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  50 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


         The instrument shall be able to perform noise level analyse for a programmable time period
             of 1 ... 30 min.
         The instrument shall be provided with piezo microphones/accessories to allow working on
             both hard covered surfaces or for all surfaces, as well as a direct contact “rod” microphone.
         Menu operated with Romanian language software
         The instrument shall be provided with microphones, battery charger, transport case,
             headphones and all the other accessories for normal operation.
L 1.1.4 Trace locator for buried metallic pipes and cables
         Equipment for tracing of buried metallic pipes and cables, with intelligent generator and
             microprocessor controlled receiver.
         Generator:
          - The tone generator shall be provided with rechargeable batteries. Output power of at
                  least 3 W, manually selectable in 3 steps (low, medium, high). Automatic impedance
                  matching. Three active frequencies, with single frequency and simultaneous transmission
                  of all frequencies. LCD display with indication of: battery status, output power, loop
                  resistance. Weight under 4 kg.
             -    The generator shall be provided with connecting cables, battery charger and a transmitter
                  inductive clamp of 100 mm internal diameter.
         Receiver:
             -    Intelligent, microprocessor controlled with all measured data continuously displayed on
                  LCD display with backlight. Active and passive location modes, with maximum, minimum
                  simultaneously on display. Current indication and measurement.
             -    Left/right guidance proportional with the distance to the trace. Gain adjustment of the
                  amplifier.
             -    Depth measurement with depth indication in meters by a press of a button. Accuracy of
                  depth measurement ± 5% up to 6 m. Autonomy in operation of minimum 70 hours with
                  batteries. Weight under 2,5 kg.
         The equipment shall be provided with transport case and all the other accessories for normal
             operation.
L 1.1.5 Buried lid locator
         Ferromagnetic buried lid locator with a sensibility up to 3 m depth.
         The instrument shall be provided with battery auto-test procedure.
         Indication of field intensity signal by audio tones with increasing and decreasing frequency
             and by measurement on a display.
         High impact housing.
         Autonomy in operation of minimum 50 hours with batteries. Weight under 1 kg.
         The equipment shall be provided with transport bag/case.
L 1.1.6 Trace locator for buried non-metallic pipes
           Sound pulse generator for the acoustic non-metallic buried pipes tracing.
           Generator with 3 different pulse rates sequences and with adjustable noise intensity.
           Connecting chain length of more than 500 mm.
           The instrument shall be provided with battery chargers and all the other accessories for normal
            operation.
L 1.1.7 Vehicle
        -   The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production in current
            supply and conforming as near as possible to the following specifications.
        -   The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in normal conditions consisting of a
                                                0
            maximum ambient temperature of 40 C, relative humidity 80% at 20°C.



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                51 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

         -   Bidders shall ensure that the vehicle complies with the stipulated requirements of law
             pertaining to operation of vehicles or any modification in effect at the time of submitting the
             bid.
         -   All items to be fully assembled with all the normal standard fittings and tested ready for
             immediate use.
    a) Engine: The engine of the vehicle shall be EURO 3, water-cooled diesel engine with minimum
       engine volume 2100 cc developing minimum 82 HP under standard SAE conditions, common-rail
       direct-injection diesel engines, or similar, technique, with a direct electric starter system, 12 volt,
       alternator, radiator, water pump, fuel pump, lubricating oil pump, air cleaner and cooling fan.
    b) Clutch: The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk.
    c) Transmission: The transmission of the vehicle shall be five-speed transmission, synchromesh or
       constant mesh in top three gears with standard power take-off.
    d) Axles: The rear axle of the vehicle shall be single reduction, full floating mounted on suitable
       springs with shock absorbers. The front axle of the vehicle shall be of I- beam construction
       mounted on heavy-duty springs with suitable shock absorbers.
    e) Frame: The frame of the vehicle shall be a long chassis with heavy-duty all-riveted channel
       construction with adequate cross-bracing for lateral loads.
    f)   Steering: The steering of the vehicle shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic, re-circulating
         ball/ball and nut type with minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb). The vehicle shall have
         power steering.
    g) Wheels and Tires: The wheels and tires of the vehicle shall be the manufacturer’s standard
       wheels and tires, and shall include one spare wheel and tire complete, mounted on a tire carrier.
       If the spare tire is placed outside of the vehicle, then the tire shall be covered and locked with a
       key.
    h) Brakes: The brakes of the vehicle shall be air or air-over hydraulic actuated service brakes with
       automatic emergency braking facilities upon loss of operating pressure in service brake system.
       The vehicle shall also include a mechanical parking brake.
    i)   Additional Accessories: The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories:
         -   Tachometer and speedometer.
         -   Engine oil pressure indicator
         -   Fuel gauge
         -   Water temperature indicator
         -   Fuel priming pump
         -   Heavy duty battery
         -   Radiator protection grill
         -   Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors.
    j)   Vehicle Cabin: The cabin of the vehicle shall be dust, heat, and weather proof cabin with opening
         windows and clear view window of toughened glass. The doors of the cabin shall be lockable.
         The vehicle shall be a van divided into three separated compartments:
         -   First compartment in front is the driver’s cabin. The cabin shall have seats for driver and for
             two passengers. All seats shall be equipped with safety belts.
         -   Middle section of the van is the operational compartment, equipped as an office of operator.
             Access to the operator’s room shall be on right side of the van with sliding door and handgrip.
             The compartment shall have windows on both sides. The compartment shall be equipped
             also with lights to illuminate the working area properly as well as proper general lightning.
             There shall be enough storage lockers and shelves to store all the portable equipment, maps,
             paper and other consumables in the middle compartment.
             Free height shall be not less than 1850 mm which means that the van shall be high roof
             version. The walls of the operator room shall be made of noise and soundproof material and
             easy to clean.
         -   The rear compartment is for hardware storage, equipped with shelves to store the
             equipment.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                52 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

         The floor of both mid and rear working area shall be built rubber lined floor with anti-slippage
         carpet.
         The working area to be provided with 12 VDC / 220 VAC inverter for operation without mains and
         supplementary energy supply from mains (220 V / 50 Hz) or auxiliary 12 VDC battery, with
         facilities for battery recharge from mains.
         Optional the vehicle shall be equipped with a water tank of 50 litters as minimum and pump / hose
         / valve system to clean the equipment and for washing of the personnel.
         The vehicle shall contain an equipment locker capable of storing tools and safety equipment,
         including at least the following: three pieces of warning orange cones, safety vests, rain coats and
         protection clothes for three persons; and hammer; pick axe, and manhole key.
         Maintenance Items: All types of filters and fan belts and other parts required for the first 500 hours
         of operation shall be quoted separately.
    k) Tools: A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with toolbox shall
       be supplied with each vehicle.
    l)   Manuals: One copy of Operation Manual in English/Romanian language shall be furnished with
         the vehicle:
    m) Proven performance: The vehicle shall be a current standard model of production which is
       substantially the same as model in successful use for period of one year or more than 500 hours
       of operation.
    n) Initial Spare Parts: The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2000
       hrs operation of the unit with prices. The total cost of the spare parts shall not be included in the
       tender price.
    o) Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for one year or 20,000 km, whichever is earlier
       for the vehicle.
ACCESSORIES
A minimum set of working accessories shall be included, minimally composed of:
    -    Warning cones             – 4 pcs
    -    Warning triangles         – 2 pcs
    -    Warning vest              – 2 pcs
    -    Protective helmet         – 2 pcs
    -    Protective raincoats      – 2 pcs
    -    Hydrant and valve keys    – 1 set
    -    Magnetic lid lifter       – 1 pc
    -    Mechanical tool set       – 1 pc
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
    -    Maintenance Items: All types of maintenance required for the first 500 hours of operation of the
         equipment shall be quoted separately.
    -    Manuals: One copy in Romanian language of the operator’s manual shall be furnished with the
         equipment. All the internal software of the equipment shall be provided in Romanian language.
    -    Proven performance: The equipment shall be current standard model of production that is
         substantially the same as model in successful use for a period of one year of operation.
    -    Initial Spare Parts: The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 500
         hours of operation of the equipment.
    -    Warranty: The bidder shall provide a warranty for one year for the equipments.
    -    Training: the unit requires 10 days on-site training with 4 trainees:
                       4 days for leak detection theoretical issues
                       6 days for practice with equipments on-site.
         Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
         Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
         in the engineering field considered.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  53 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis


L 1.2   ULTRASONIC FLOW MEASURING DEVICE


Ultrasonic flow measuring device for field use (portable) for the determination of flow direction and flow
rate of liquids within a pipe network
General required features:
    -   Same unit on a wide range of pipe sizes
    -   Internal logging
    -   Transferable data to Microsoft Windows or compatible software
    -   Intelligent sensors – no calibration needed
    -   Measuring time can be programmed
    -   Wall thickness measurement with self-calibrating sensor;
Measuring device has to comply with the following technical requests:
Pipes diameter range                                       DN 50 – DN 2000
Flow velocity                                              0.1 ….. 20 m/s
Resolution                                                 minim 1 cm/s
Flow quantity                                              5…….100000 l/min
Measurement error (maximum)                                3% measured value
                                                           ± 0,03 m/s
LCD-Display                                                available
Memory capacity                                            minim 100000 values
Power supply                                               NiCd - Accumulators, min. 4Ah (charger
                                                           included)
                                                           External AC/DC adaptor
Operating time                                             minim 24 h
Protection                                                 IP 54
Operating temperature                                      0º C up to 50º C
RS232                                                      Available


Sensors:
Operating temperature                                      -30ºC up to +50ºC
Protection                                                 IP 65
Sensor cables                                              minimum 5 metres


The specific software and needed cables (RS 232 and/or UBS serial output, sensors etc.) and specific
accessories (sensor extension cable, sensor retaining bar) have to be supplied.
The menu shall be displayed in English.
The meter and accessories shall be delivered in one compact carrying case
Training: the unit requires 3 days training on-site with 4 trainees, including theoretical issues and
practice with equipments on-site.
        Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
        Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
        in the engineering field considered.
        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 54 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

L 1.3      ELECTROMAGNETIC INSERTION FLOW MEASURING DEVICE


Flowmeter with on board micro-controller which enables a wide variety of sampling regimes to be set,
including signal quality, to suit a wide variety of applications (tanks, pumping, drinking water network, raw
water)


General required features:
    -      Ease of installation, with hot-tap capability
    -      Same unit on a wide range of pipe sizes
    -      Choice of stem lengths
    -      It has to be set up as a permanent version as well as a temporary one (for diagnosis)
    -      Full pressure sealed stem and sensor design to ensure no fluid leakage to outside even if sensor
           is damaged in situ
    -      Submersible transmitter device
    -      No moving components
    -      Internal battery and external DC power
    -      At least 2½ years life for internal batteries
    -      Electronics should provide wide choice of sampling, averaging, smoothing and data output
           scenarios, with all data in engineering units
    -      Fast sampling available for fast flow variability investigations
    -      Burst sampling enables flow quality [noise] measurement
    -      All calibration, serial number, pipe and site data should be held within unit
    -      User selected serial data and two pulse outputs
    -      Can operate as stand alone totaliser flow meter
    -      Internal totaliser count for increased security
    -      Ease of use with external loggers or SCADA systems


Measuring device has to comply with the following technical requests:
                                    Bi-directional from 0.01 m/sec to 5 m/sec, limited only by physical stability
Flow measurement range
                                    of the sensor stem
                                    Point velocity: Averaged/smoothed flow: ±2mm/sec or ± 2% flow
Flow measurement accuracy           whichever is the greater. Mean velocity and volumetric flow: refer ISO
                                    7145-1982
Inside pipe diameter range          100 to 1000 mm
Pipe material                       No restrictions
Operational:
Units                               Selectable: mm, metres; litres, m3; seconds, minutes, hours, days etc.
External DC power supply            9-28 VDC. Internal isolation provided.
Digital connection                  RS 232 Available data transmission over at least 100 metres cable.
Sensor details                      Internal calibration, serial numbers, calibration dates, history file
Internal logging                    Negative volume / Positive volume / Cumulated
                                    Units, sample rate, burst length, cycle time, smoothing type and time
                                    constant, insertion factor, profile factor, mains filter frequency, pipe
Settings
                                    diameter, site information, user gain and offset and deadband, pulse
                                    multiple, totaliser reset
                                    RS 232 port for SCADA interfacing and set up. Selectable from: Point
Outputs - Digital data
                                    velocity, mean pipe velocity, volumetric flow rate, flow noise, totaliser

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                        55 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


Output - Totaliser [pulse]         2 x Optoisolated open collector outputs.
External Connections               10 way mil-spec connector
Software                           Interfaced software included
Physical:
Operating temperature range        Electronics: -20 to +60 °C, Fluid: non freezing to +60 °C
Waterproofing
                                   IP 68/NEMA 6 for submersion to 10m indefinitely
                                   Internal pipeline pressure to 20 bar
Pressure rating
Insertion length                   All available stem length range (up to 1000 mm) provided
Calibration certificate            Available
Guarantee                          12 months
Training: the unit requires 3 days training on-site with 4 trainees, including theoretical issues and
practice with equipments on-site.
        Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
        Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
        in the engineering field considered.
        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis


L 1.4   DATA LOGGER


   Data logger with up to 8 measurement channels
   Adjustable sampling frequency
   Memory for min. 300.000 values of:
    -   Flow
    -   Pressure
    -   Temperature
   Power supply with:
    -   Internal battery
    -   Accumulator
    -   External 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 110 VAC, 230 VAC
   Internal real time clock


Technical data:
   Waterproof robust aluminium housing (IP 65 or IP 67)
   Up to 8 analog measurement channels for sensors
   Resolution: 0.0025 % (accuracy: 0.01 %)
   Adjustable sampling frequency up to 1 measurement per second
   Switched sensors powered by the logger (5 Volt ± 5%, max. 10 mA load)
   Measurement range:
    -   Voltage: ±50mV, ±200mV, ±500mV, ±1V, ±2V, ±10V
    -   Current: 0 - ±20 mA, 4 - 20 mA
    -   Event: e.g. sealed contact up to 1 event per second
    -   Digital: 0V ≤ low ≤ 1V, 4V ≤ high ≤ 5V
    -   Frequency: 0,01 Hz up to 6 MHz
    -   Period length: up to 24 hours (Resolution 1 μs)

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                56 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


   Storage capacity min. 512 kByte (approx. 340.000 measurements)
   Power supply from batteries, accumulators or main power.
   Operational duration without battery change or charging accumulators:
    -     6 months battery powered with 1 measurement per minute
    -     4 months accumulator powered with 1 measurement per minute (limited by self discharge)
   Operating temperature range: -10 ÷ 55 °C
   Compatible with above mentioned Electromagnetic Insertion Flowmeter. (L 1.3)


All the standard accesories (cables, charger for accumulator, plugs etc.) should be included.
The logger and accessories shall be delivered in one compact carrying case

L 1.5     SET OF TOOLS
4 sets of tools have to be supplied. The set content should be:
              Equipment name                                   Technical specifications
L 1.5.1    Waste water motor-pump        ▪    D max = 900 l/min
                                                              ”
                                         ▪    D admission = 3
                                         ▪    P = 5.5 HP
L 1.5.2    Three -phase current          ▪    P = 7 kVA (13,5HP)
           generating set                ▪    I(230 V) = 17,5 A
                                         ▪    I(400 V) = 10,1 A
L 1.5.3    Inverter type welding         ▪    I = 120/130 A
           machine for manual            ▪    U = 230 V
           welding
L 1.5.4    Rotary hammer 2 KG            ▪    Weight: 2-3 kg
                                         ▪    Pn = 800 W
                                         ▪    Impact energy 0-3 j
                                         ▪    Rated torque 28 Nm
                                         ▪    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-plus flute drill bits: 4 - 26
                                              mm
                                         ▪    Drilling diameter in steel, (with drill chuck): 13 mm
                                         ▪    Stepless speed control
                                         ▪    Forward/reverse operation
                                         ▪    Overload clutch
                                         ▪    SDS-plus shank
                                         ▪    Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.5    Rotary hammer 11 KG           ▪    Weight: 11 kg
                                         ▪    Pn = 1.500 W
                                         ▪    Impact energy: 5 - 18 J
                                         ▪    Impact energy (chiselling): 5 - 18 J
                                         ▪    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max flute drill bits: 12 -
                                              52 mm
                                         ▪    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max core cutters: 40 -
                                              150 mm
                                         ▪    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max breakthrough drill
                                              bits: 45 - 80 mm
                                         ▪    Drilling perf. in concrete of medium hardness (length): 320
                                              mm/min
                                         ▪    Material removal rate in concrete of medium hardness, approx.
                                              225 kg/h
                                         ▪    Constant Electronic with setting wheel for preselecting speed,
                                              impact rate or impact force
                                         ▪    Overload clutch
                                         ▪    Variable chisel fitting in 12 angle positions
                                         ▪    SDS-max
                                         ▪    Supplied in adequate carrying case

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                    57 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

                Equipment name                                  Technical specifications
L 1.5.6    Drilling and threading        ▪   P = 450 W
           machine, with chuck           ▪   Hole diameter in metal D = 13 mm
                                         ▪   Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.7    Angle Grinder 115             ▪   P = 800 W
                                         ▪   N = 11.000 rpm
                                         ▪   Disc diameter = 115 mm
                                         ▪   Grinding spindle thread M14
                                         ▪   Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.8    Angle Grinder 125             ▪   P = 1100 W
                                         ▪   N = 11.000 rpm
                                         ▪   Disc diameter = 125 mm
                                         ▪   Grinding spindle thread M14
                                         ▪   Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.9    Angle Grinder 250             ▪   P = 2600 W
                                         ▪   N = 11.000 rpm
                                         ▪   Disc diameter = 250 mm
                                         ▪   Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.10   Electric Saw                  ▪   P = 1600 W
                                         ▪   Cutter, length: min. 350 mm
                                         ▪   Stroke length: 50 mm
                                         ▪   SDS system for easy changing of saw blades
                                         ▪   Control and Constant Electronic system for speed
                                         ▪   Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.11   Electrofusion unit for        ▪   Processing of all dimensions from 20 mm to 700 mm diameter
           joining (welding) PE pipes        of water PE pipes
                                         ▪ Robust plastic housing – min. IP 54, protection class II
                                         ▪ Use of weather and corrosion resistant materials (plastic,
                                             aluminium, stainless steel)
                                         ▪ fusion cable – min. 3 m length, with 4.0 and 4.7 mm
                                             connection sockets
                                         ▪ power cable – min. 3 m length
                                         ▪ reporting of fusion and traceability data according to ISO
                                             12176-4
                                         ▪ operational temperature range: min. –10º to +40ºC
                                         ▪ operation modes: manual/barcode:
                                                 o Fusion data:            Barcode input (12/5, Code 128)
                                                 o Fusion data:            Manual input (voltage, time)
                                                 o Traceability data:      Barcode input (Code 128-C)
                                                 o Traceability data:      Manual input
                                         ▪ reporting of fusion and traceability data according to ISO
                                             12176-4
                                         ▪ internal memory: min. 300 fusion processes
                                         ▪ the data transferring to PC/laptop via a connection cable with
                                             serial/parallel interface
                                         ▪ language for unit operation: English
                                         ▪ Technical data:
                                                 o Single-phase power supply: 180-260 V AC
                                                 o Current consumption: AC 16 A.
                                                 o Frequency: 45-65 Hz
                                                 o Output power: 3.5 kw
                                         ▪ parallel, serial interfaces available
                                         ▪ dedicated software kit for data transferring, processing and
                                             archiving
                                         ▪ Reader wand (pen) for barcode recognition
                                         ▪ Scraper tools for pipes (long service life) from 250 mm to 710
                                             mm diameter
                                         ▪ Supplied in practical aluminium carrying case.
                                         ▪ Operating instructions manual (Romanian translation)
L 1.5.12   Plumbers' tools kit           Included

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                             58 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

               Equipment name                                     Technical specifications
L 1.5.13   Electricians' tools kit       Included
L 1.5.14   Mechanic-Locksmith's          included
           tools kit




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  59 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                                                     LOT 2
                MOBILE UNITS FOR SEWER INSPECTION AND CLEANING


L 2.1   MOBILE UNIT FOR SEWERS INSPECTION


        The vehicle mounted CCTV equipment shall be for-this-purpose built self-contained unit. The
vehicle and CCTV equipment shall be fully tested before leaving the contractor. The test van has two
basic equipments installed: one electronic leakage location device and a CCTV system.


L 2.1.1 The electronic leakage location system
        a) Objective: Protection of the environment leakage location in sewers by objective methods
           with unambiguous results, pinpointing of leakages, no interruption of running sewer
           operation, reduction in inspection costs.
        b) Leakage pinpointing in sewers by electronic means: an electric probe is pulled through
           the sewer (at a speed of aprox.10 m/s) and in this process any leakage location in the duct is
           indicated on the screen together with wastewater temperature.
        c) Measuring system: Robust measuring system for rough field use: consisting of: probe,
           cable winch, rope winch, pulleys, laptop computer.
        The probes have to cover the whole range of dimensions from household connections to main
        sewerage lines, from DN 200 to DN 1200 mm.
        The results have to be objective and repeatable, clearly visible leakages pinpointed to the
        centimetre, automatic drawing-up of a list of leakages, easy-to-handle database for managing the
        results, easy integration of results in land register systems.
        The system has to include temperature measurement for further information (e. g. infiltration), the
        specific software (English language, as minimum requirement).
L 2.1.2 CCTV device:
        a) Operating Specifications: The Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system mounted in the van
           shall be complete, self-contained unit enabling the surveying of sewers and the recording of
           the survey results. The equipment shall be built in the van as a permanent installation.
        b) The operators’ working place shall be designed ergonomically. All the controls to operate
           the CCTV equipment in sewers shall be easily handled. The location of the controls shall be
           so that the operator does not need to move from his normal working position during
           operation. There shall be a height adjustable, rotating chair for operator and a bench or
           separate chairs for two observers. The seats and the monitors shall be situated so that all
           three operators have a clear view of the monitor as it displays the survey as it proceeds at
           any time.
        c) The control unit, power distribution panel and data display generator shall be installed in a
           housing rack with all associated components; each function of the system to be
           controlled/monitored by a separate operating module in the control unit.
        d) The power distribution panel shall provide power at appropriate voltages and amperages to
           the CCTV system and ancillary equipment. It shall have automatic over-current protection
           and fuses to protect the TV system.
        e) The data display generator shall be capable of superimposing text and meter counter position
           in the video picture. It shall also be capable to display tilt level in %.
        f)   The monitor observing the sewer camera image shall be 15” colour monitor with high
             resolution (500 lines H). Videocassette recorder shall be professional S-VHS, with time code.
             A rear monitor 9” B/W shall be supplied.
        g) There shall be a digital video interface for conversion of the video signal into a y/c signal.
        h) The computer hardware and software needed for CCTV-inspection and for the records
           shall be included in the delivered equipment. The Windows based data acquisition software
           shall be in Romanian language and should be in full compliance with the EN-13508 coding
           system.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              60 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        i)   The computer shall be at least with Intel Pentium IV, 512 MB RAM, 80 GB Hard Disk, 3.5”
             Diskette Driver, DVD/CD-RW driver, Mouse, Romanian Keyboard, well known video card,
             Windows and 17” TFT Monitor (Screen brightness 260 cd/m², 16 million colours, resolution
             1280*1024). Black and colour ink jet A4 printer.
        j)   The camera system:
             -   Shall be capable to survey round sewers from diameter of 150 mm up to 1200 mm.
             -   The camera shall be with full pan and tilt function.
             -
                                                                                                      0
                 Swivelling range of the camera shall be at least in horizontal (around pipe axis) 330 and
                                                             0
                 in vertical (perpendicular to pipe axis) 240 .
             -   The high-resolution camera shall have 1/3” CCD colour sensor. Iris 1:2 with distance
                 adjustment 1 cm to infinity, remotely adjustable, automatic iris with manual override.
                 Angle of aperture 90°, resolution more than 460 lines, picture scanning 625 lines, 50Hz,
                 PAL TV standard, focus motorized and remotely adjustable.
             -   The unit shall be equipped with an integrated mechanical manual height adjusting unit
                 and an inclinometer measurement device.
             -   The lighting system carried with the camera shall be capable to illuminate the sewers
                 under survey enough to have clear picture with the CCTV-system (integrated lighting 2 x
                 14V/35W halogen lamps, protection domes made out of quartz glass and additional
                 lighting 3 x 14V/35 W halogen lamps).
        k) The tractor for the camera system:
             -   Shall be able to carry the camera in sewers, sizes mentioned above (diameter of 150
                 mm up to 1200 mm.).
             -   The tractor has to be 4-wheel drive and has to have 2 axles only, motor power min. 160
                 W.
             -   The tractor shall be fully remote controlled, waterproof up to 1 bar, made of non-corrosion
                 materials and equipped with protection against overturning.
             -   The tractor shall be supplied with full sets of changeable wheels and shall be all wheels
                 driven.
             -   The tractor shall be capable to pull the camera set and lights together with the cable in
                 the sewer up to 300 m.
             -   The tractor shall be capable of variable speed in both forward and reverse direction;
                 tractor speed remotely controlled and continuously adjustable.
             -   It has to be able to ensure avoid pipes inspection (from 200x300 mm up to 900x1350
                 mm)
        l)   A single cable shall be able to transmit control and feed the power for the camera-tractor
             system and for illumination. Al the connections shall be robust watertight plugging connectors
             easy to handle and keep clean. The cable shall have wear-resistant outer sheath.
        m) There shall be a cable winch to store, feed out and retract the cable length of 300 m. The
           winch shall be equipped with a metric digital encoder for the exact position of the camera.
           The position shall be seen on the screen. The cable drum shall be electrically driven
           synchronized with the tractor, but also manual operation shall be possible. Operation from
           operator’s section and rear section of vehicle, and equipped with emergency stop. Winch and
           camera tractor are fully synchronized by measuring the traction at the cable deflection pulley
           of the winch. Winch with No-load operation and maintenance-free slip-ring assembly. To be
           provided a work light of 12V/55W at cable winch, to illuminate manholes.
        n) There shall be deflection pulleys to protect the cable and extension/guides to install pulleys
           up and down of the manhole.
        o) An electrically powered and controlled lifting device shall be provided for lowering and
           retrieving the camera-tractor system. The crane with winch shall be remote and locally
           controlled. The system shall be capable to lower the camera system to the depth of 10 m
           from the road level. The arm of the lifting device shall be swivelling and equipped with
           working light to the manhole.
        p) There shall be power distribution system with minimum 2,8kW/230V generator. The
           capacity of the set shall be adequate for operating of the CCTV equipment. The set shall be
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              61 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

             complete with voltage converter and it shall be operated outside the vehicle. Access and
             maintenance of the generator unit shall be easy. An uninterrupted power supply unit (600VA,
             230V sine) for backup of the PC system shall be supplied.
        q) Maintenance Items: All types of maintenance required for the first 500 hours of operation of
           the CCTV equipment shall be quoted separately.
        r)   Tools: A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance (and repair) with toolbox
             for the CCTV equipment shall be supplied with the vehicle.
        s) Manuals: One copy in English/Romanian language of the following for the CCTV equipment
           shall be furnished with the vehicle:
             -   Maintenance manual
             -   Operator’s manual
             -   Spare parts catalogue
        t)   Proven performance: The CCTV equipment shall be a current standard model of production
             which is substantially the same as model in successful use for a period of one year or more
             than 2.000 hours of operation.
        u) Initial Spare Parts: The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first
           1.000 hours of operation of the CCTV equipment.
        v) Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for one year for the CCTV equipment.


L 2.1.3 Vehicle:
The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production in current supply and
conforming as near as possible to the following specifications.
The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in normal conditions consisting of a maximum
                          0
ambient temperature of 40 C, relative humidity 80% at 20°C.
Bidders shall ensure that the vehicle complies with the stipulated requirements of law pertaining to
operation of vehicles or any modification in effect at the time of submitting the bid.
All items have to be fully assembled with all the normal standard fittings and tested ready for immediate
use.
        a) Engine: The engine of the vehicle shall be EURO 3, water-cooled diesel engine with
           minimum engine volume 2100 cc developing minimum 82 HP under standard SAE
           conditions, common-rail direct-injection, or similar, diesel engines technique, with a direct
           electric starter system, 12 volt, alternator, radiator, water pump, fuel pump, lubricating oil
           pump, air cleaner and cooling fan.
        b) Clutch: The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk.
        c) Transmission: The transmission of the vehicle shall be five-speed transmission,
           synchromesh or constant mesh in top three gears with standard power take-off.
        d) Axles: The rear axle of the vehicle shall be single reduction, full floating mounted on suitable
           springs with shock absorbers. The front axle of the vehicle shall be of I- beam construction
           mounted on heavy-duty springs with suitable shock absorbers.
        e) Frame: The frame of the vehicle shall be a long chassis with heavy-duty all-riveted channel
           construction with adequate cross-bracing for lateral loads.
        f)   Steering: The steering of the vehicle shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic, re-
             circulating ball/ball and nut type with minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb). The
             vehicle shall have power steering.
        g) Wheels and Tires: The wheels and tires of the vehicle shall be the manufacturer’s standard
           wheels and tires, and shall include one spare wheel and tire complete, mounted on a tire
           carrier. If the spare tire is placed outside of the vehicle, then the tire shall be covered and
           locked with a key.
        h) Brakes: The brakes of the vehicle shall be air or air-over hydraulic actuated service brakes
           with automatic emergency braking facilities upon loss of operating pressure in service brake
           system. The vehicle shall also include a mechanical parking brake.
        i)   Additional Accessories: The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories:
             -   Tachometer and speedometer.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              62 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

             -   Engine oil pressure indicator
             -   Fuel gauge
             -   Water temperature indicator
             -   Fuel priming pump
             -   Heavy duty battery
             -   Radiator protection grill
             -   Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors.
        j)   Vehicle Cabin: The cabin of the vehicle shall be dust, heat, and weather proof cabin with
             opening windows and clear view window of toughened glass. The doors of the cabin shall be
             lockable.
             The vehicle shall be a van divided into three separated compartments:
             -   First compartment in front is the driver’s cabin. The cabin shall have seats for driver and
                 for two passengers. All seats shall be equipped with safety belts.
             -   Middle section of the van is the operational compartment, equipped as an office of
                 operator. Access to the operator’s room shall be on right side of the van with sliding door
                 and handgrip. The compartment shall have windows on both sides. The compartment
                 shall be equipped also with lights to illuminate the working area properly as well as proper
                 general lightning.
                 There shall be enough storage lockers and shelves to store all the portable equipment,
                 maps, paper and other consumables in the middle compartment.
                 Free height shall be not less than 1850 mm which means that the van shall be high roof
                 version. The walls of the operator room shall be made of noise and soundproof material
                 and easy to clean.
             -   The rear compartment is for hardware storage, equipped with shelves to store the
                 equipment.
        The floor of both mid and rear working area shall be built rubber lined floor with anti-slippage
        carpet.
        The working area to be provided with 12 VDC / 220 VAC inverter for operation without mains and
        supplementary energy supply from mains (220 V / 50 Hz) or auxiliary 12 VDC battery, with
        facilities for battery recharge from mains.
        The vehicle shall be equipped with a water tank of 50 litters as minimum and pump/hose/valve
        system to clean the equipment and for washing of the personnel.
        The vehicle shall contain an equipment locker capable of storing tools and safety equipment,
        including at least the following: three pieces of warning orange cones, safety vests, rain coats and
        protection clothes for three persons, hammer, pickaxe and manhole key.
        Maintenance Items: All types of filters and fan belts and other parts required for the first 500 hours
        of operation shall be quoted separately.
        k) Tools: A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with toolbox
           shall be supplied with each vehicle.
        l)   Manuals: One copy of Operation Manual in English/Romanian language shall be furnished
             with the vehicle.
        m) Proven performance: The vehicle shall be a current standard model of production which is
           substantially the same as model in successful use for period of one year or more than 500
           hours of operation.
        n) Initial Spare Parts: The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for one year
           under normal operation conditions.
        o) Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for one year or 20,000 km, whichever is
           earlier for the vehicle.
        Training: requires 10 days on-site training with 4 trainees, as follows:
                     4 days for sewers inspection theoretical issues
                     6 days for practice with equipments on-site.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                63 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
        Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
        in the engineering field considered.
        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis


L 2.2   COMBINED SEWER CLEANING VEHICLE


Destination: Independent equipment self-propelled, destined for works of cleaning, warping, draining
and emptying of sewerage networks, of tanks and holes (work environment temperature at least -15º C
and equipped for visitation in sewer inner).
Feature: Combined operation of sucking and high-pressure cleaning
Description of Equipment
        a) The carrying vehicle
        The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production in current supply
        and conforming as near as possible to the following specifications. The vehicle shall be suitable
        for continuous operation in normal conditions consisting of a maximum ambient temperature of
           0
        40 C, relative humidity 80% at 20°C. Bidders shall ensure that the vehicle complies with the
        stipulated requirements of law pertaining to operation of vehicles in or any modification there in
        effect at the time of submitting the bid.
        Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for 18 month or 150,000 km.
             -   Engine: Diesel min. 200 HP, max. 300 HP.
             -   Total utility load: min 13t.
             -   Gas tank: min 130 litres.
             -   Short box (three seats).
             -   Colour: orange or blue.
             -   Maximum load: min 19 t.
        b) The passable vehicle
            -    Length: Max. 8.0 m
            -    Breadth: Max. 3.0 m
            -    Height: Max. 4.0 m
            -    Mass: Max. 13 t
        c) Tank car
        The body of tank car shall be iron plate of 8 mm thickness, anticorrosive protected, with minimum
                       3    3               3
        capacity of 8 m (5 m for water, 3m for sludge).
        The inner compartments shall be with pneumatic change of location of internal wall partition and
        recurrence at the initial capacities.
        The water compartment:
             -   Supplying: min. DN =100 mm
             -   Visitation lid: DN = 600 mm
             -   With total hydraulic opening on the back side and with closing with wheel through
                 screwing and hydraulic bolt.
        The blocking up system shall be hydraulic. The indicators of water level and of mud level shall be
        electromagnetic indicators with signal lamps.
        d) High pressure water pump
            -    Flow: Q=200-250 l/min
            -    Pressure: min P=160 bar
            -    Pump action – the pneumatic pressure regulator through hydraulic transmission or line
                 with joint shaft and automatic coupling, electro-pneumatic.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               64 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


             -   Filtration – Filter with aspiration of pump with sieve from stainless material.
             -   System of signalization – optical and acoustic signalization for pump function without
                 water prevention.
        e) Air Pump
             -   Type: rotating.
             -   Cooling: with water circulation.
             -   Transmission: mechanic with belts in V, pinions and couplings.
             -   Filtration: Filter of depuration between tank and vacuum pump from prevention of liquids
                 aspiration.
             -   Tap for action – pneumatic tap with 4 ways for vacuum and pressure.
             -   Vacuum pump capacity: min. 850 mc/h
        f)   The rotating arm
             -   Hydraulic rotating system.
             -   Diameter of aspiration min Dn=100mm
             -   Angle of rotation min. 300 degree
             -   System of raising and electro-hydraulic descent and controller of descent and electro-
                 pneumatic braking.
             -   Length of telescopic arm min 6 m.
             -   Length of hose min 20 m.
        g) Accessories
             -   Posterior hydraulic barrel – equipped with rubber hose Dn = 1″, length min 120 m,
                 pressure max 200 bars ; automated reeling
             -   Manual barrel - equipped with rubber hose Dn = 1/2″, Length min 40 m, connexions and
                 water gun.
        h) Control panel for pressure pump and vacuum pump operating
             -   Box command shall be by stainless steel.
             -   Components of box command: command of water pump engagement, command of
                 vacuum pump engagement, signal lamp of water low level, electrical accelerator of
                 engine, rotation indicator, regulator of water pressure, vacuum manometer, lamp of
                 damage, water manometer.
             -   Commands from the box command: engagement/disengagement with signal lamp,
                 commutation of gyro head light with signal light.
        i)   Protection
             -   Interior and exterior of the car will be sanded with sand and the inner area will be covered
                 with epoxy-bituminous bi-component.
             -   Outside protection device – galvanised for mud protection.
        j)   Kit of tools and equipment
             -   The mobile unit for sewerage cleaning shall be endorsed with following equipments and
                 tools: 2 searchlights (reflectors) for working in the time of night, 3 pipes for aspiration with
                 L=2m and Dn = 100 mm and afferent connexions, 1 water gun and 1 standard kit of tools.
The bidder shall ensure the agreement of Romanian authorities for all the equipment, including comply
with EURO 3 requirements and ensuring of RAR book.
The Manufacturer shall provide min. 18 months warranty.
The bidder shall furnish all spare parts needed for 1 year.
Training: requires 2 days training on-site with 4 trainees, including theoretical issues and practice with
equipments on-site.
        Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
        Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
        in the engineering field considered.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   65 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis.


L 2.3   HIGH PRESSURE JETTING VAN


High Pressure Unit requirements:
The high pressure pump for jetting shall have a minimum capacity of 100 l/min at 150 bar. Manual
pressure adjustment should be provided
The tank for the water on the vehicle shall be 1000 litres with minimum two pieces of level sight glasses,
minimum diameter 100 mm.
The hydraulically operated hose reel mounted near the end of the van shall be equipped with:
    -   a minimum 50 m long ¾’’ and 60 m ½’’ jetting hose
    -   2 traction nozzles
    -   2 standard pipe cleaning nozzles and
    -   a root cutter shall be supplied for the hose.
Total momentary noise made by the equipment shall not exceed 80 dB.
All types of maintenance items required for the unit for the first 1000 hours of operation shall be included.
A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with a fixed tool box shall be
supplied for the unit.
The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2000 hrs operation of the unit with
prices. The total cost of the spare parts shall not be included in the tender price.
An operation and maintenance manual in Romanian and English shall be supplied including spare parts
list also in Romanian and in English.
The unit shall be fully tested before leaving the contractor.


Vehicle (Van) Requirements:
The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer's own standard range of production in current supply and
conforming as near as possible to the following specifications. The vehicle shall be suitable for
continuous operation in the Romanian environment. Bidders shall ensure that the vehicle complies with
the stipulated requirements of law pertaining to operation of vehicles in effect at the time of submitting the
bid. All items have to be fully assembled with all the normal standard fittings, and tested ready for
immediate use.
Service facilities for repair and service of the vehicles shall be within 150 km of the Botosani town. The
overall vehicle length shall not exceed 5.0 m and the overall vehicle width shall not exceed 2.0m. The
overall vehicle length is defined as the length from bumper to bumper. The overall vehicle width is defined
as the length from the outer edge of wheel to outer edge of wheel, front or back wheels, whichever is
greater. Technical drawings of the vehicle dimensions shall be provided which illustrate these and other
vehicle dimensions.
The tank and pump unit shall be fixed with heavy duty rubber suspensions to ensure that the unit is not
harmed when driving on rough roads.
The engine of the vehicle shall be a water-cooled diesel engine with minimum 70 kW, with a direct
electric starter system, 24/12 volt, alternator, radiator, water pump, fuel pump, lubricating oil pump, air
cleaner and cooling fan. The exhaust discharges shall be overhead for all engines. The power take off for
the jetting unit shall be sufficient for the pump etc.
If the van is not fitted with a power take off the van shall be fitted with a separate motor generator with
sufficient capacity. The motor generator set shall generally comply with the specifications for the set in
this specification.
The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk. The transmission of the vehicle shall be five
speed transmission, synchromesh or constant mesh in top three gears. The rear axle of the vehicle shall
be single reduction, full floating mounted on suitable springs with shock absorbers. The front axle of the
vehicle shall be of I-beam construction mounted on heavy-duty spring with suitable shock absorbers.
The steering of the vehicle shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic with re-circulating ball/ball and nut
type and a minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb). The vehicle shall have power steering. The

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   66 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

wheels and tires of the vehicle shall be the manufacturer's standard wheels and tires, and shall include
spare wheels and tires complete, mounted on tire carriers.
The brakes of the vehicle shall be hydraulic actuated service brakes. The vehicle shall also include a
mechanical parking brake.
The operator's cabin of the vehicle shall be a dust, heat and weather proof cabin with opening windows
with accommodation for driver and passengers. The doors of the cabin shall be lockable. All seats shall
be equipped with safety belts.
The room with the high pressure equipment shall have an autonomous heating system in order to ensure
the operation down to minus 15 degrees Celsius.
The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories and equipment:
        a) Tachometer and speedometer
        b) Ammeter
        c) Engine oil pressure indicator
        d) Fuel gauge
        e) Water temperature indicator
        f) Fuel priming pump
        g) Head and tail lights cabin lights and back-up lights
        h) Heavy duty battery
        i) Radiator protection grill
        j) Front and rear hook
        k) Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors
        l) Lockable equipment locker (all equipment shall be in the closed locker during transportation
        and storage)
        m) Halogen working lights, adjustable at the rear, minimum two pieces
        n) Two flashing yellow warning lights at the top rear end and one at the top front left end of the
        vehicle
        o) Washing facility for workmen fixed.
All types of filters and fan belts and other parts required for the first 1000 hours of operation shall be
included.
The bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2,000 hours of operation with
prices. The total cost of the spare parts shall not be included in the tender price.
An operation and maintenance manual in Romanian and English shall be supplied including spare parts
list also in Romanian and in English.
Training in Romanian for all functions of the unit shall be included to be performed in the Botosani city.
The Contractor shall include for his own accommodation and all other expenses.
Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for two years or 20,000 km, whichever is earlier for the vehicle.
A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with fixed tool box shall be
supplied with each vehicle.
Training: requires 2 days training on-site with 4 trainees, including theoretical issues and practice with
equipments on-site.
        Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
        Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings with significant expertise
        in the engineering field considered.
        Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                67 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                                                     LOT 3
                                 GIS EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE

Description                 Technical Specifications
                            a. Two Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® processors 7000 sequence and Hyper-
                               Threading Technology at 3.0 GHz or equivalent
                            b. Support for up to four Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® processors 7000 sequence
                               with up to 4 MB L2 Cache and Hyper-Threading Technology
                            c. Motherboard chipset Intel® E8500 Chipset or equivalent
                            d. Minimum 2GB DDR2 400 ECC Memory, expandable to 12 GB
                            e. 4 x HDD 146 GB SCSI or higher, 1000 RPM, Hot Plug max 8 HDD
                               supported Integrated Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
                            f. RAID-Ctrl or similar with min 128-MB DDR, (support for RAID 0,1,5)
                            g. Video controller 64 MB minimum
                            h. DVD-ROM
                            i. DVD +/- RW
                            j. Floppy diskette drive 3.5"
                            k. Seven PCI slots: four PCI Express (hot-plug), one PCI-X 133MHz (hot-
                               plug), two PCI-X 100MHz
                            l. 2 x 775 W Hot Plug Power redundant supply
                            m. Four fans using a 2+2 (redundant) configuration for cooling all system
                               components
                            n. 2 x serial external 9 pin, 1x parallel 25 pins, 2 x PS/2
                            o. 3 x USB 2.0
L 3.1                       p. Dual Gigabit Ethernet network connections with support for failover and
GIS SERVER                     teaming
                            q. Colour monitor LCD 17", TCO 03, maximum 4 ms response time, VGA
                               analog and digital signal input
                            r. Keyboard with characters US, PS/2 scroll mouse
                            s. Windows Server 2003, Enterprise x64 Edition with 25 CAL (or equivalent)
                            t. Antivirus software with 1 year free update
                            u. All components of the PC should be brand names
                            v. Server Management included
                            w. Server have to be found in Windows HCL list and must be compliant with
                               ISO 9001
                            x. 3 years on-site commercial warranty
                            y. Training:
                               - item requires 3 days on-site training with 3 trainees (IT specialists)
                                    concerning:
                                          Servers Software
                                          Content Management software
                               - Training will start within 2 weeks after the equipments delivery.
                               - Training will be carried out by an expert experienced in similar trainings
                                    with significant expertise in the field considered.
                               - Training days shall be calculated on an 8 hour working day basis for 4
                                    trainees.
                            a. Processor Pentium D dual-core processors , minimum 3 GHz, 1066/800
                               MHz FSB or equivalent
L 3.2                       b. Minimum 1024 MB RAM Dual Channel DDR2 667 with ECC support
GRAPHICAL                   c. 2 x HDD 120 GB S-ATA2 7200rpm drive
WORKSTATIONS                d. Video card PCI Express with minimum 128 MB memory
                            e. 3.5’’ Floppy diskette drive
                            f. DVD +/- RW
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              68 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications
                            g. Minimum 400 - watts power supply
                            h. Minitower case with possibility to convert it to desktop case
                            i. 1x serial, 1x parallel, 1x PS/2, 1x keyboard, 8 x USB 2.0 external (2 x USB
                               in front), 1 x RJ45, 1xDB15 (monitor), Audio line in, headphone out,
                               microphone in jacks,
                            j. External speakers
                            k. Network adapter Ethernet, UTP 10/100/1000 TX
                            l. Processor and chipset temperature monitoring software
                            m. Antivirus software with 1 year free update
                            n. Cd & dvd burning software license – professional version
                            o. Colour monitor LCD 19", TCO 03, maximum 6 ms response time, VGA
                               analog and digital signal input, Height Adjustable , Pivot Rotation to 90
                               degrees
                            p. Keyboard with US characters, PS/2 scroll mouse
                            q. Operating system Windows XP Professional preinstalled with CD and
                               license
                            r. Microsoft Office 2003 Professional (Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint,
                               Outlook) with CD and license (or later)
                            s. Energy Star compliance with energy-saving features
                            t. All components of the PC should be brand names
                            u. All components of the PCs have to be found in Windows HCL list and must
                               be compliant with ISO 9001
                            v. 3 years on-site commercial warranty
                            a. Processor Pentium-M minimum 2 GHz 2MB SLC or equivalent
                            b. 1024 MB DDR2 RAM
                            c. DVD+/-RW Drive
                            d. HDD with minimum 60 GB
                            e. Display 15.4-inch colour TFT WSXGA+ with Wide Viewing Angle
                            f. TV-out; external monitor
                            g. Built-in speaker and microphone
                            h. Line in, microphone, line out jacks
                            i. PCMCIA slot/slots
                            j. USB 2.0
                            k. Gigabit Ethernet LAN; international V.90 modem (V.92 ready)
                            l. 1 parallel port, 1 serial port
L 3.3                       m. SD card slot
LAPTOP                      n. Wireless LAN (802.11b/g), Fast InfraRed, Bluetooth™
                            o. Operating system Windows XP Professional preinstalled with CD and
                               license
                            p. Microsoft Office 2003 Professional (Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint,
                               Outlook) with CD and license (or later)
                            q. Antivirus software with 1 year free update
                            r. Cd & dvd burning software license – professional version
                            s. Li-Ion battery, min. 4700 MAh
                            t. ISO 9001 Certification
                            u. The hardware must be certified by Microsoft (listed in Windows Catalogs)
                            v. Carrying bag
                            w. AC adapter
                            x. Port replicator
                            y. 3 years on-site commercial warranty
L 3.4                       a. USB version 1.1/ 2.0 compliant
HI-SPEED USB                b. USB bus-powered capability
FLASH DRIVE
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              69 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications
                            c. Built-in ECC function - Error Correction Code
                            d. High performance write up to 870k byte/sec and read up to 1030kbyte/sec
                            e. Support booting up feature
                            f. Support security feature
                            g. Fully plug-and-play compatible with Microsoft Windows 98,2000,Millennium
                               Edition and XP,Mac OS 8.6/above and Linux kernel 2.4.2/above
                            h. Capacity: 1 GB
L 3.5                       Technology
UPS 2200 VA                 Line-Interactive with RS-232 Communication Interface.
                            Input
                            Nominal Input Voltage: 230 V
                            Input Voltage Range: 170 to 280 V AC, Single Phase
                            Input Frequency: 50 Hz +/- 3 Hz
                            Input voltage range for main operations: 160 - 285V
                            Output
                            Output Power Capacity: 1980 Watts / 2200 VA
                            Nominal Output Voltage: 230 V AC
                            Efficiency at Full Load: 95%
                            Output Voltage Distortion: Less than 5% at full load
                            Output Frequency (sync to mains): 47 - 53 Hz for 50 Hz nominal
                            Crest Factor: up to 5 : 1
                            Waveform Type: Sine wave
                            Output Connections: min. (6) IEC 320 C13 ; (1) IEC 320 C19 ; (3) IEC Jumpers
                            Battery
                            Battery Type: Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended
                            electrolyte: leakproof
                            Recharge time: 3 hour(s)
                            Backup Time at Half Load: 24 minutes (990 Watts)
                            Backup Time at Full Load: 6 minutes (1980 Watts)
                            User-replaceable batteries
                            Hot Swap Batteries
                            Plug-and-Play installation
                            Communication
                            Interface Port(s): DB-9 RS-232,USB
                            Control panel:
                            The UPS should be provided with LED indications for Mains Status (On-Line),
                            Battery Operation, UPS Overload and Bar-graphs for Battery & Load
                            Emergency Power Off: Available
                            Surge protection and filtering
                            Surge energy rating: 320 Joules
                            Filtering: Full time multi-pole noise filtering

                            Operating Environment: 0 - 40 °C
                            Audible noise at 1 meter from surface of unit: 45 dBA

                            Overload protection:
                            The UPS should have User Resettable Push-button Circuit Breaker in the input
                            and internal current limiting circuit for inverter output. Audio/ Visual indication
                            should also be provided.

                            Required features
                            - Correcting low and high voltage conditions without using the battery
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  70 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications
                               Network manageable
                            - Automatic restart of loads after UPS shutdown
                            - Protects connected loads from surges, spikes, lightning, and other power
                               disturbances
                            - Temperature-compensated battery charging

                            Software:
                            The UPS should be provided with management Software compatible to
                            Windows XP/ 2000 and Linux for real time monitoring of all the vital parameters
                            such as Input Voltage, Output Voltage, Output Load, Battery Voltage and
                            Battery Back-up time; Automatic File Saving and scheduled Shutdown of
                            Computer.
                            Quality standard: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certification
                            Standard Commercial Warranty
                            2 years repair or replace on-site commercial warranties (including batteries)
L 3.6                       Technology
UPS 1500 VA                 Line-Interactive with RS-232 Communication Interface.
                            Input
                            Nominal Input Voltage: 230 V
                            Input Voltage Range: 170 to 280 V AC, Single Phase
                            Input Frequency: 50 Hz +/- 3 Hz
                            Input voltage range for main operations: 160 - 285V
                            Output
                            Output Power Capacity: 980 Watts / 1500 VA
                            Nominal Output Voltage: 230 V AC
                            Efficiency at Full Load: 95%
                            Output Voltage Distortion: Less than 5% at full load
                            Output Frequency (sync to mains): 47 - 53 Hz for 50 Hz nominal
                            Crest Factor: up to 5 : 1
                            Waveform Type: Sine wave
                            Output Connections: min. (6) IEC 320 C13 ; (1) IEC 320 C19 ; (3) IEC Jumpers
                            Battery
                            Battery Type: Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended
                            electrolyte: leakproof
                            Recharge time: 3 hour(s)
                            Backup Time at Half Load: 24 minutes (490 Watts)
                            Backup Time at Full Load: 6 minutes (980 Watts)
                            User-replaceable batteries
                            Hot Swap Batteries
                            Plug-and-Play installation
                            Communication
                            Interface Port(s): DB-9 RS-232,USB
                            Control panel:
                            The UPS should be provided with LED indications for Mains Status (On-Line),
                            Battery Operation, UPS Overload and Bar-graphs for Battery & Load
                            Emergency Power Off: Available
                            Surge protection and filtering
                            Surge energy rating: 320 Joules
                            Filtering: Full time multi-pole noise filtering

                            Operating Environment: 0 - 40 °C
                            Audible noise at 1 meter from surface of unit: 45 dBA

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              71 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications

                            Overload protection:
                            The UPS should have User Resettable Push-button Circuit Breaker in the input
                            and internal current limiting circuit for inverter output. Audio/ Visual indication
                            should also be provided.

                            Required features
                            - Correcting low and high voltage conditions without using the battery
                               Network manageable
                            - Automatic restart of loads after UPS shutdown
                            - Protects connected loads from surges, spikes, lightning, and other power
                               disturbances
                            - Temperature-compensated battery charging

                            Software:
                            The UPS should be provided with management Software compatible to
                            Windows XP/ 2000 and Linux for real time monitoring of all the vital parameters
                            such as Input Voltage, Output Voltage, Output Load, Battery Voltage and
                            Battery Back-up time; Automatic File Saving and scheduled Shutdown of
                            Computer.
                            Quality standard: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certification
                            Standard Warranty
                            2 years repair or replace on-site commercial warranties (including batteries)
                            a. Ink Jet Colour Printer
                            b. Print Speed:
                                          - minimum Black: 9 ppm;
                                          - 5 ppm full page colour photo:
L 3.7                       c. Resolution:
A4 MOBILE PRINTER                         - minimum: 1200 x 1200 dpi;
                                          - colour: 4800 x 1200 dpi on photo paper
                            d. Connectivity Parallel, USB, Fast Infrared, Compact
                            e. Consumables for 5.000 pages
                            f. 1 year on-site commercial warranty
                            Speed/monthly volume:
                            a. Print speed, black (draft quality mode, for A4): up to 24 ppm
                            b. Print speed, color (draft quality mode, for A4): up to 21 ppm
                            c. Processor speed: 256 MHz
                            d. Monthly volume, minimum: 5.000 pages
                            Print quality / technology:
                            e. Print technology: inkjet
                            f. Print quality, color: up to 4800 x 1200 dpi
L 3.8                       Paper handling / media
A3 INKJET COLOUR            g. Input capacity, min.: 150 sheets
PRINTER                     h. Output capacity, min.: 100 sheets
                            i. Duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper): automatic
                            j. Memory, min.: 32 MB
                            Connectivity:
                            k. USB (hi-speed), parallel, network 10/100 Ethernet.
                            Network protocols supported:
                            l. TCP/IP, SLP, DHCP, SNMP, HTTP
                            Operating systems
                            m. Microsoft® Windows 98, Me, NT® 4.0, 2000, XP; Mac OS

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  72 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications
                            n. Consumables for 10.000 pages
                            o. 1 years on-site commercial warranty
                            Speed/monthly volume:
                            a. Print speed, black (best quality mode): 30 ppm
                            b. Print speed, color (pages per minute): 15 ppm
                            c. Processor speed: 533 MHz
                            d. Monthly volume, minimum: 50.000 pages
                            Print quality / technology:
                            e. Print technology: laser
                            f. Print quality, black: 600 x 600 dpi
                            g. Print quality, color: 600 x 600 dpi
                            Paper handling / media
                            h. Input capacity, min.: 350 sheets
                            i. Output capacity, min.: 200 sheets
L 3.9
                            j. Duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper): automatic
A4 LASER COLOUR
PRINTER                     k. Memory, min.: 256 MB
                            Connectivity:
                            l. USB (hi-speed), parallel, network 10/100 Ethernet, wireless LAN
                            Network protocols supported:
                            m. TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, DLC/LLC, AppleTalk, Auto-IP, NDS, Bindery, NCP,
                                Telnet, SLP, IGMP, BOOTP/DHCP, WINS, SNMP (v 1, 2c, 3), HTTP
                            Client operating systems
                            n. Microsoft® Windows® 98, Me, 2000, XP®, Server 2003
                            Network operating systems
                            o. Microsoft Windows 98, Me, 2000, XP, XP 64-Bit, Server 2003; Novell
                                NetWare 3.2, 4.2, 5.x, 6.x (NDPS)
                            p. Consumables for 20.000 pages
                            q. 1 years on-site commercial warranty
                            a. Resolution                   - 2400 dpi maximum / 400 dpi optical / variable
                                                               in 1 dpi steps
                            b. Scan modes                   - 16.7 Million Colour RGB (24-bit)
                                                            - 256 Level Greyscale (8-bit)
                                                            - Black & White (1-bit)
                            c. Scan speed - 200 dpi
                                                full colour - 2,1 cm/s
                                                greyscale - 25,5 cm/s
                            d. Scan speed - 400 dpi
                                               Full colour - 1,05 cm/s
                                                greyscale - 12,5 cm/s
                            e. Image Width / Image          - 100 cm / unlimited
L 3.10                          length
                            f. Media Width                  - 110 cm
A0 SCANNER
                            g. Media Feed System            - Reliable, front loading and straight through
                                                               media path for user friendly jam-free
                                                               operation
                                                            - Accurate, zero maintenance optical media
                                                               sensors and automatic media size detection
                            h. Colour Image                 - Gamma, Brightness, Black & White Point
                                Processing                     adjustment

                            i.   Digital Imaging            -     Contact Image Sensor (CIS) technology -
                                 Technology                       requires no stitching or maintenance
                                                                  adjustment
                                                            -     Instant scanning from power-on; unlimited life
                                                                  span

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   73 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Description                 Technical Specifications
                                                            -     36-bit digital colour image capture
                                                            -     Panchromatic Black & White
                                                            -     Factory set, permanent colour calibration
                            j.   User Status & Control      -     LCD screen displaying scanner status, mode
                                                                  and settings
                                                            -     Buttons for scan to file, scan to copy, scan to
                                                                  e-mail
                            k.   User Maintenance           -     A0 plug 'n' play scanner
                                                            -     Simple cleaning
                            l. Operating system             -     Windows™ XP & 2000
                            m. Standard software            -     ready-to-run software for scan_to_file, scan
                                                                  to copy, scan to e-mail
                                                            -     Image Acquisition / TIFF, JPEG, PDF file
                                                                  formats supported
                            n. Optional software            -     included
                               package
                            o. Scanner Interface kit        -     480 Mbits/sec USB 2 (on scanner) / 2m USB
                               (included)                         2 cable / local power cable / rear media
                                                                  supports
                            p. Accessories                  -     Floor stand
                            q. Power requirements           -     210-230 VAC 50 Hz




L 3.11 GIS SOFTWARE

General characteristics


GIS (Geographic Information System) will be defined as a system of computer hardware, software,
geographic data, attributed data and people designed to efficiently capture, store, update, manipulate,
analyze and display all forms of geographically referenced data to provide support for making decisions
based on spatial data.
    -   This system will be used to create useful information products that will be integrated in the
        business strategy of the organization.
    -   The GIS software will link geographic information with descriptive information.
    -   GIS software will present many layers of different information through digital maps that provides
        the following advantages:
            Spatial and non-spatial data can be merged and manipulated simultaneously
            Make connections between activities based on geographic proximity
            Access to administrative records
            Tool for enhancing decision making
    -   All the information on the digital maps will be stored as layers in digital format in the computer
    -   System must be a Geographic System based on a spatial database (as opposed to a CAD
        system based on maps)
    -   The Graphical User Interface (GUI) should preferably be Windows XP.


Functional requirements
Operations
There are two levels of operations that the GIS software should be able to perform.
The following operations must be done at first level:
    -   Georeferencing scanned maps


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                    74 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

    -   Work with digital data in a Romanian coordinate system: Stereographic 1970, Gauss Kruger,
        UTM and also with geographic coordinate system: WGS84
    -   Build/edit new geographic data sets quickly and easily
    -   Leverage geographic data to make better decision
    -   Automation of geoprocessing workflow
    -   View and analyze spatial data in new ways
    -   Manage all files, database and Internet data resources from a single application
    -   Display/generate complex maps (color, size)
    -   Data Queries (SQL)/Retrieval
    -   Print geographic and thematic maps
    -   Spatial Relationship
The second level must include the following operations:
    -   First level operations
    -   Build rich, intelligent geographic databases
    -   Model complex, multi-user editing work flows
    -   Build and maintain spatial integrity including topological relationship between geographic
        features.
    -   Manage and explore geometric networks
    -   Maintain spatial integrity between thematic layers and enforce user-defined business logic
    -   Manage a multi-user design environment with versioning


Software functions and tools
GIS software should provide the functions and tools for:
    -   Tools to create intelligent digital maps to analyze, query for more information, print presentation
        or drawing (transportation system map, thematic maps including design of graphics)
    -   Entering and manipulating geographic information such as Delivery points
    -   A database management system
    -   Development support on a very popular platform (VBA, .NET, JAVA, C++, COM)
    -   Easy to use graphical user interface


Sources of information
The GIS must use information from many different sources:
    -   The primary sources are:
            Scanned maps at different scale
            Satellite images
            GPS measurements
            Topographic measurements (COGO) - direction, length, parallel, perpendicular, (X, Y)
             coordinate
    -   Other sources of information are the existing digital information which may not yet be in the GIS
        format and must be converted
    -   Tabular data that can be converted into map-like form


Main information to be entered in the GIS
The GIS transport system shall offer the following information:
    -   Pipes of transport system (900 km for water system, 900 km for sewerage)
    -   Characteristics of the delivery points


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              75 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

The GIS system will be operated in order to find the Delivery Points or clients and their characteristics in
a defined area, drawing the transportation map, creating thematic maps.


Access and Safety
The system must allow several levels of data access:
    -   IT department users with capacity to modify the structure of the main application.
    -   GIS department users with the capacity to create/modify GIS data
    -   Other department user with the capacity to view part of the GIS data, especially thematic maps


Data Provision provider and Transfer


The system must be able to work with the standard database and geographic system on import and
export:
Data Bases: ORACLE, MS SQL Server, IBM DB2, Informix, MS Access
Geographic Systems: ESRI shapefile and Geodatabase,
CAD System: AutoCAD, AutoDesk


Digital maps to be provided
The GIS must be equipped with basic digital maps of Botosani County (1/100000):
    -   administrative limits
    -   limits of urbanized zones (municipii, orase, comune, sate) with SIRUTA codes
    -   main roads
    -   main rivers
    -   railways


Assistance and service
    -   Assistance for the implementation of the GIS
    -   Staff training with certified trainers
    -   One year maintenance


Table of Goods to be supplied:
         No.          Item            Description                                                 Qty.
         L 3.11.1     Software        License for Server GIS software with electronic             1
                                      support. Server GIS functionality:
                                      -   Multiuser data management in DBMS (database
                                          management system).
                                      -   Multiuser, configurable GIS data server
                                      -   Act as the GIS gateway to spatial data stored in a
                                          RDBMS (relational database management
                                          systems)
         L 3.11.2     software        Network license for using a GIS with electronic support.    3
                                      License for creating/modifying data, creating thematic
                                      maps
         L 3.11.3     software        Network license for using a GIS with electronic support.    2
                                      License for creating/modifying data, validating the data,
                                      loading the data into multi-user database.
         L 3.11.4     software        Network license for using a GIS with electronic support.    10
                                      License for viewing data only

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   76 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


         L 3.11.5    software          License for mobile GIS and field mapping applications        1


Mobile GIS software - required specifications:
    -   Software for mobile GIS and field mapping applications.
    -   The application must provide mapping, GIS, and GPS integration to field users via handheld and
        mobile devices. Data collection with must be fast and easy and improves field-based data
        validation and availability.
    Required features:
    -   Support for industry-standard vector (shapefile) and raster image display (MrSid, Jpeg, Bmp) in
        different coordinate system including Stereographic 1970.
    -   Creating and editing spatial data using input from the mouse pointer, pen, or GPS:
            Create, edit, delete, and move features.
            Add, delete, and move vertices for lines and polygons.
            Capture GPS points while in the process of capturing a line or polygon with a GPS (i.e.,
             nested points).
            Edit attribute information – introduction of attributes of the features in the field
    -   Data query to identify features, display hyperlinks, and locate features:
            Variable zoom and pan / Fixed zoom
            Center on the current GPS position.
            Pan to features selected by an attribute search
    -   Tools for GIS Desktop applications:
            Mobile geodatabase editing with checking in/out data, converting, and projecting your data
             from Desktop GIS for use in the field
            Extracting, projecting, and converting vector data into shapefiles
            Exporting symbology
    -   Map measurement of distance, area, and bearings
    -   GPS support
            National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) 0183
            Display the next information:
                 o    GPS mode (two-dimensional, three-dimensional, and DGPS)
                 o    Speed / Course Over Ground
                 o    Signal quality
                 o    Position, altitude, and compass
                 o    Differential (on/off)
            GPS Data Capture
                 o    Support for point mode digitizing (i.e., the ability to capture explicit points) as well as
                      stream mode digitizing
                 o    Support for position averaging when capturing a point feature or a vertex for a
                      polyline or polygon feature
                 o    Ability to pause the capturing of GPS line or polygon features and resume capturing
                      at a later stage
                 o    Option to set the maximum thresholds for error measurements such as position
                      dilution of precision and estimated position error
                 o    Option to activate an alarm when the GPS mode changes (two-dimensional, three-
                      dimensional, and differential GPS) and automatically stop GPS data capture
                 o    Ability to specify minimum time intervals between GPS positions used for data
                      capture of vertices


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                     77 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Training programme
General matters for the courses:
- The training requests at least 25 days for 5 trainees.
- Courses will be performed at beneficiary (APA GRUP) headquarters.
- The training course must be carried out by experts in the GIS implementation. It must be certified,
    that the expert is experienced in similar courses, and that the expert has significant expertise in the
    field considered. The experts CV’s must be provided showing at least 5 years of experience in
    engineering and performing of courses in the field of GIS.
- It should be taken into consideration that the trainees are capable to operate a computer, but not
    used to handle issues of GIS and the kind of engineering involved.
- A detailed programme must be provided for each course.
- All materials for the course must be provided except for the computers.
- The trainee’s will use their own computer. The software must be delivered on the first day of the
    course and installed under supervision of the expert keeping the course.
Course content (but not limiting to):
- Georeferencing of scanned maps
- Working with digital data in a Romanian coordinate system
- Building/editing new geographic data sets
- Leveraging geographic data to make better decision
- Automation of geoprocessing workflow
- Viewing and analyzing spatial data in new ways
- Managing all files, database and Internet data resources
- Displaying / generating complex maps (colour, size)
- Data Queries (SQL)/Retrieval
- Spatial Relationship
- Building of rich, intelligent geographic databases
- Model complex, multi-user editing work flows
- Building and maintaining spatial integrity including topological relationship between geographic
    features
- Managing and exploring geometric networks
- Maintaining spatial integrity between thematic layers and enforcing user-defined business logic
- Managing a multi-user design environment with versioning
- Creation of intelligent digital maps to analyze, query for more information, print presentation or
    drawing (transportation system map, thematic maps including design of graphics)
- Entering and manipulating geographic information such as Delivery points
- Database management system
- Development support on a very popular platform (VBA, .NET, JAVA, C++, COM)
-   Using information from many different sources


L 3.12 MODELLING SOFTWARE

There is to be delivered 3 main objects in the field of modelling:
- Water Supply System Modelling
- Sewer system Modelling
- Training programme

L 3.12.1 Water supply system modelling

Purpose
The purpose of using the model is to simulate the flow, pressure distribution and water quality in a
pressurised distribution net in order to analyze, operate, plan and to design the water supply system.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                78 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Function
The model should work on a basis of the main principles of steady state, extended period analysis and
water quality analysis.
The model should at least perform:
- Computing of flow rates in pipes and hydraulic grade line in nodes in a steady state analysis.
- Computing dynamically using the extended period analysis to simulate flow rate and pressure in time
   including storage tanks and reservoirs also taking into account external demands and conditions and
   operational parameters such as control valves and booster pumps.
- The model must take into account control of pumps. These must be simulated on a basis of pressure
   and levels in other parts of the network, controlling the pumped capacity. Simulation of variable speed
   pumping must be available.
- The model must take into account control of control valves:
    Pressure reduce valve:              Reduces pressure down stream to a preset value.
    Flow control valve:                 Reduces flow down stream to a preset value.
    General controlled valve:           Control using head-flow relationship.
- Computing the flow and distribution of water. The following facilities must be available:
    Source tracking, detecting the nodes given water from a particular source.
    Water age, calculating to travelling time from source to tap.
    Concentration levels and path of chemical constituents.
    Fire hydrant rating curves i.e. fire flow analysis.
    Capital and energy cost analysis, including design and rehabilitation optimizing capability (the
        hydraulic performance of system maximization and capital investment minimization) for
        developing cost-effective operational strategies and optimum design and rehabilitation studies.
    Water Hammer analysis.
- Developing of multiple design, planning, analysis and operational scenarios such as:
    rehabilitation alternatives for different planning horizons;
    various design alternatives for new subdivision;
    peak, average, minimum and other demand scenarios;
    flushing alternatives for emergencies etc.
- Calibration capability
- Control over demands allocation by:
       using daily, weekly, and monthly patterns;
       estimation for unaccounted for water and leakage;
       demands allocation using pipe length-based unit loads etc.

Data management
- All data used in the model must be operated in an interactive data management, providing all data
   editing and presentation and working in a fully graphic environment.
- The data management must be compatible with ODBC-linking.
- All measures must be supported in SI unit system.
- The following data groups must be managed, as a minimum:
    Pipes:          Length, internal diameter, friction loss coefficient, minor loss coefficient, check
                     valves
    Nodes:          Water demands patterns, fixed water level if any, elevation. Description of
                     reservoirs and storage tanks
    Pumps:          Pump characteristic curves. Control data
       Valves:         Preset downstream pressure or flow. Head loss curve

The modelling software must provide also:
- Displaying scaled background layers as a convenient drawing aid
- Automated conversion from the network CAD drawings directly to hydraulic models guaranteeing
   hydraulic connectivity.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              79 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


-   Import topology and data from GIS and leverage any data stored in databases or spreadsheets.
-   Create persistent bidirectional connections between shapefiles, databases, spreadsheets and
    hydraulic model.

Results presentation

-   Using property-based colour coding, the software must visualize node pressures, pipe diameters,
    discharges, hydraulic gradients, and any other input, calculated or user-defined attribute.
-   It has to be able to generate contour maps to find, for example, low/high pressure zones or low
    chlorine concentration areas. You can also export these as shapefiles to run advanced geospatial
    analyses within GIS software.
-   The software must ensure plotting of multiple attributes for a series of elements on the same profile. It
    will provide storing, recalling, and modifying of the existing profiles and customizing templates for
    streamlined production.
-   Reporting functionality must create printer-ready reports, system-wide summaries and project
    inventories. Analyze tabular data with full unit control, built-in filtering, sorting, and statistical analysis.
-   Export of graphics for use in reports from all plans, longitudinal profiles and curves must be available.
-   Export of numeric data for use in reports from calculation results must be available.

Capacity
The modelling system must be able to handle an amount of data corresponding 5000 pipes.

General
- Operation of the model should be held in English language.
- Operation system should be Windows XP professional.
- Documentation and the users manual should be original in English language and translated to the
   Romanian language
- Technical support including on-line help and yearly updates must be provided for a period of 3 years.


L 3.12.2 Waste water system modelling

Purpose
The purpose of using the model is to design, analyze, and plan wastewater collection systems. The
model should simulate dry weather situations and storm water situations in order to analyse the function
of the sewer system.

Function
- The model should work on basis of an integration of surface runoff in urban catchments and
   hydrodynamic analysis in pipes. It has to be able to calculate flows, water levels, flooding and
   backwater in a sewer system consisting of run-off areas, manholes, pipes, weirs, pumps, valves,
   basins etc.
- The software has to model both pressurized force mains and gravity hydraulics, using steady-
   state analysis with various standard peaking factors and extended-period simulations.
- The model simulates for a given sewer system and a given period of time:
       all water levels in nodes
       all flows, water levels, velocities in pipes.
       all discharges for pumps, weirs etc.
-   The model must be able to take simple control of the system in to account, such as control of
    maximum discharges depending of corresponding water levels, simulating water brakes, valves and
    moving gates.
-   The model will be able to automatically design an entirely new sewer network, sections of an existing
    system, or of a single pipe.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                      80 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


-  The model will de able to automatically determine cost-effective sewer designs
-  The model will be able to automatically assess capital costs associated with the collection and
   pumping systems.
Data management
- All data used in the model must be operated in an interactive data management, providing all data
   editing and presentation and working in a fully graphic environment.
- The data management must be compatible with ODBC-linking.
- All measures must be supported in SI unit system.
- These groups of data must be managed in the model. As a minimum:
    Catchment areas:               Data concerning areas, number of inhabitants ect.
       Wastewater:                      Amount per inhabitants, variation in the day.
       Nodes:                           Description of the node including coordinates, levels, type…etc.
       Pipes:                          Description of the pipe including material, diameter, type of cross
                                        section …etc. Infiltration.
       Weirs:                          Level and length of crest. Type of weir, weir formula.
       Pumps:                           Pump characteristic curves. Control data.
       Valves:                          Characteristic curves. Control data
       Basins:                          Volumes. Geometry.

The modelling software must provide also:
- Displaying scaled background layers as a convenient drawing aid
- Automated conversion from the network CAD drawings directly to hydraulic models guaranteeing
   hydraulic connectivity.
- Import topology and data from GIS and leverage any data stored in databases or spreadsheets.
- Create persistent bidirectional connections between shapefiles, databases, spreadsheets and
   hydraulic model.

Results presentation
- Using property-based colour coding, the software must visualize overflow locations, diameters,
   hydraulic gradients, and any other input, calculated or user-defined attribute.
- It has to be able to generate contour maps to find, for example, low/high pressure zones or poor
   chlorine concentration areas. You can also export these as shapefiles to run advanced geospatial
   analyses within GIS software.
- The software must ensure plotting of multiple attributes for a series of elements on the same profile. It
   will provide storing, recalling, and modifying of the existing profiles and customizing templates for
   streamlined production.
- Reporting functionality must create printer-ready reports, system-wide summaries and project
   inventories. Analyze tabular data with full unit control, built-in filtering, sorting, and statistical analysis.
- Export of graphics for use in reports from all plans, longitudinal profiles and curves must be available.
- Export of numeric data for use in reports from calculation results must be available.

Capacity
For the modelling system must be able to handle an amount of data corresponding to 5000 pipes.

General
- Operation of the model should be held in English language.
- Operation system should be Windows XP professional.
- Documentation and the users manual should be original in English language and translated to the
   Romanian language
- Technical support including on-line help and updates must be provided for a period of 3 years.

Training programme
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                     81 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,            ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

There will be 2 training programmes:
- Course 1. Water supply system modelling
- Course 2. Sewer system modelling.
General matters for the courses:
- The training course must be carried out by experts in the chosen model for both systems. It must be
   certified, that the expert is experienced in similar courses, and that the expert has significant
   expertise in the engineering field considered. The experts CV’s must be provided showing at least 5
   years of experience in engineering and performing of courses in the field of relevant modelling.
- It should be taken into consideration that the trainees are capable to operate a computer, but not
   used to handle issues of modelling and the kind of engineering involved.
- A detailed programme must be provided for each course.
- Courses will be performed at beneficiary (APA GRUP) headquarters.
- All materials for the course must be provided except for the computers.
- The trainee’s will use their own computer. The software must be delivered on the first day of the
   course and installed under supervision of the expert keeping the course.

Course 1. Water supply system modelling
The expert must be available at least 2 weeks for at least 80 hours teaching.
Course content (but not limiting to):
- Understanding of the basically model-function and philosophy. Understanding of the computational
   operation of the model.
- Data management for all data groups.
- Small simulation situations with simple setups for steady state situation and source tracking, water
   age, path of chemical constituents, fire flow analysis, cost analysis, water hammer analysis.
- Getting familiar with all graphical environment for the presentation of simulation data
- How to create local data necessary for running the model
- Detection of the local problems in the water net to be handled with the water supply model in terms of
   rehabilitation and new constructions.
- Simulation training with the local skeleton model, in connection with the detected local problems,
   include all the facilities performed by the model
- Teaching philosophy of calibration of the model. Demonstration of the use of measured data to
   calibrate the model. Automated calibration
- Determining available fire flows
- Optimal designing
- Importing elevations from digital elevation models
- Scenario management
Course 2. Sewer system modelling
The expert must be available at least 2 weeks for at least 80 hours teaching.
Course content (but not limiting to):
- Understanding of the basically model-function and philosophy. Understanding of the computational
   operation of the model
- Data management for all data groups.
- Small simulation situations with simple setups for dry weather situation and storm water run-off
   situations.
- Getting familiar with all graphical environment for the presentation of simulation data.
- How to create local data necessary for running the model.
- Detection of the local problems in the sewer system to be handled with the sewer model in terms of
   rehabilitation and new constructions.
- Simulation training with the local skeleton model, in connection with the detected local problems
   including all the facilities performed by the model simulating.
- Teaching philosophy of calibration of the model. Demonstration of the use of measured data to
   calibrate the sewer system model. Simulations should underline the use of calibration.
- System rehabilitation and new design using modelling software
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                           82 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

-   Infiltration & inflow studies
-   Capital cost estimation
-   Scenario management

L 3.13 GPS RECEIVER

General requested features:
       • Handheld
       • Microsoft Windows Mobile Version 5.0 for Pocket PC or equivalent
       • 400 MHz Intel X-Scale processor
       • Memory: min. 32 MB RAM and 512 MB internal Flash disk
       • Sealed SD card slot
       • Colour display min. 240 × 320 pixels
       • Rugged and water-resistant design
       • Internal battery min. 6800 mAh lithium-ion, rechargeable in unit
       • IP 54 standard

Communications
      Bluetooth wireless
      802.11b wireless LAN
      USB and Ethernet 10/100 BaseT modules

GPS features
       • Channels. . . . . . . . 12 (L1 code and carrier/L2 carrier)
       • Accuracy
                 Subfoot (30 cm) with postprocessing technology
                 Submeter accuracy in real-time
       • Update rate 1 Hz
       • Integrated SBAS1 (EGNOS enabled)
       • RTCM real-time correction support
       • NMEA or similar protocol support
       • Multipath rejection technology

Software included
       • Software for control of integrated GPS and in-field mission planning
       • Microsoft ActiveSync®, Calculator, Explorer, Internet Explorer, Pocket – Excel, Outlook, Word
       • Handwriting recognition software

Standard accessories and requested accessories by postprocessing technology should be included
       • Hard carry case
       • Portable power kit
       • Vehicle power adaptor

Training in Romanian for all functions of the equipment shall be included to be performed in the Botosani
city. The Contractor shall include for his own accommodation and all other expenses. 3 days training are
required.


L 3.14 TOTAL STATION

General features required



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                            83 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                      ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

It should be motorised equipment which computes telescope positional changes and positions
automatically the instrument to the design values at the press of a key.

Measurements capabilities:
 Angular Measurements
 Infrared Distance Measurements (with prism or reflective tape)
 Direct Distance Measurements (without prism or reflective tape)

Technical requirements:

Telescopic magnification / field of vision                         30 x / 1°30 (26m/km)
Shortest target distance                                           2m
Angle measurement accuracy                                         5”
Compensator                                                        Two-axle oil compensator
Range for infrared measuring with a standard prism                 3.000 m (medium conditions) or better
Range for infrared measuring with reflective tape                  250 m
Accuracy of infrared distance measurement (on prism)               2 mm + 2 ppm / < 1 sec (fine measurement)
Range for direct distance measurement                              150 m or better
Accuracy of direct distance measurement                            3 mm + 2ppm / 3s – 6s (normal mode)
Internal data memory                                               > 8.000 data blocks
RS232 - interface for data transfer                                yes
Data formats                                                       GSI8/GSI16/IDEX/dxf/user definable
Display                                                            LCD, illuminated and heatable
Display and resolution                                             alfanumeric
Plumb on the vertical axis                                         Laser plumb with variable intensity
Protection against water and dust (per IEC 60529)                  IP 54 (splashproof)
Working temperature range                                          – 10°C to + 40°C
Power supply                                                       NiMH accumulator ( min 4.000 mAh)
Commercial Warranty                                                24 months
Onboard software:                                                 Orientation, height transmission, free
                                                                  stationing, surveying (with/without coding),
                                                                  staking out, tie distance, reference line,
                                                                  remote height, area calculation



Accessories requested:
 Data transfer cable from total station to PC
 Tribarch – detachable and interchangeable with optical plummet & circular bubble -1
 Tripod wooden telescopic tripod -1
 Single circular prism with pole & bipod for pole - 2
 battery (Ni MH) - 2
 Battery charger - 1
 Prism holder -1
 circular prism ranging pole with adaptor & bubble level, - 1
 aluminium tripod stand, - 1
 tripod stand for range pole should be supplied - 1
 software for data integration and for transfer to GIS system.

All the accessories should be from original manufacturer only.
1 set of audio-visual manuals should be provided

Training in Romanian for all functions of the equipment shall be included to be performed in the Botosani
city. 3 days training are required.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                       84 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

ANNEX III :       TECHNICAL OFFER
Annex III - the Contractor's technical offer
The tenderers are requested to complete the template on the next pages:
       the column “Specifications” shows the required specifications,
       the column “Specifications offered” is to be filled in by the tenderer and must detail what is
        offered (for example the words “compliant” or “yes” are not sufficient)
       the column “Notes, remarks, ref to documentation” allows the tenderer to make comments on his
        proposed supply and to make eventual references to the documentation
       the column “ Evaluation Committee’s notes” is to be left empty for the evaluators.

The eventual documentation supplied should clearly indicate (highlight, mark) the models offered and the
options included, if any, so that the evaluators can see the exact configuration. Offers that do not permit
to identify precisely the models and the specifications may be rejected by the evaluation committee.
The offer must be clear enough to allow the evaluators to make an easy comparison between the
       requested specifications and the offered specifications.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              85 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

 Contract title : [……………………………]
 Publication reference : [……………………………]
NAME OF TENDERER:………………………………………….

      Item              Specifications              Specifications Offered        Notes, remarks, ref to       Evaluation C
     Number                                           (incl brand/model)            documentation                       not


 1               [……………………………]
                 [……………………………]
                 [……………………………]
                 [……………………………]
                 [……………………………]

                 [……………………………]
                 [……………………………]




                                 ANNEX IV: BUDGET BRAKEDOWN


PUBLICATION REFERNCE:                                                                       Page No [….of. …]

LOT No. 1: Leak detection, flow measurements
and maintenance equipments for water network                NAME OF TENDERER: […..…………………………]


     A            B                             C                               D                    E
ARTICLE       QUANTITY            DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLE              UNIT COSTS WITH              TOTAL
                                                                       DELIVERY DDU
                                                                      Botosani, ROMANIA



                                                                                                   Euros
                                                                              Euros
L 1.1             1        Mobile Leak Detection Unit
L 1.2             1        Ultrasonic Flow Measuring Device
                  8        Electromagnetic Insertion Flow
L 1.3
                           Measuring Device
L 1.4             8        Data loggers
L 1.5             4        Set of tools
                                                                                    TOTAL
                           Training                                  Lump sum
                                                                             TOTAL PRICE
                           Spare parts                               Total cost


                           Consumables                               Total cost
                           (for use over 2 years (ITT 11.2 a). Not
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                86 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                           to be included in the total offer price).



Done at:[………………………], […../…../…....]                       by [name]

On behalf of […………………………]                                  [tenderer’s stamp and signature]




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                87 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



PUBLICATION REFERNCE:                                                                         Page No [….of. …]

LOT No. 2: Mobile units for sewer inspection and
cleaning                                                    NAME OF TENDERER: […..…………………………]


    A             B                             C                               D                     E
ARTICLE      QUANTITY             DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLE                UNIT COSTS WITH             TOTAL
                                                                         DELIVERY DDU
                                                                        Botosani, ROMANIA



                                                                                                    Euros
                                                                              Euros
                           Mobile unit for sewer inspection
L 2.1             1
                           (including van)
L 2.2             1        Combined Sewer Cleaning Vehicle
L 2.3             1        High Pressure Jetting Van
                                                                                    TOTAL
                           Training                                    Lump sum
                                                                            TOTAL PRICE
                           Spare parts                                 Total cost


                           Consumables                                 Total cost
                           (for use over 2 years (ITT 11.2 a). Not
                           to be included in the total offer price).




Done at:[………………………], […../…../…....]                       by [name]

On behalf of […………………………]                                  [tenderer’s stamp and signature]




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 88 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



PUBLICATION REFERNCE:                                                                         Page No [….of. …]

LOT No. 3: GIS & Modelling Equipment and
Software                                                    NAME OF TENDERER: […..…………………………]


    A             B                             C                               D                     E
ARTICLE      QUANTITY             DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLE                UNIT COSTS WITH             TOTAL
                                                                         DELIVERY DDU
                                                                        Botosani, ROMANIA



                                                                                                    Euros
                                                                              Euros
L 3.1             1        GIS Server
L 3.2             1        Graphical Workstations
L 3.3             4        Laptops
L 3.4             8        Hi-Speed USB Flash Drive
L 3.5             1        UPS 2200 VA
L 3.6             5        UPS 1500 VA
L 3.7             1        A4 Mobile Printer
L 3.8             1        A3 Inkjet Colour Printer
L 3.9             1        A4 Laser Colour Printer
L 3.10            1        A0 Scanner
L 3.11            1        GIS Software
L 3.12            1        Modelling software
L 3.13            2        Total Station
L 3.14            2        GPS Receiver


                                                                                    TOTAL
                           Training                                    Lump sum
                                                                            TOTAL PRICE
                           Spare parts                                 Total cost


                           Consumables                                 Total cost
                           (for use over 2 years (ITT 11.2 a). Not
                           to be included in the total offer price).




Done at:[………………………], […../…../…....]                       by [name]

On behalf of […………………………]                                  [tenderer’s stamp and signature]




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                 89 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                       ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                         ANNEX V: MODEL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
                 <To be completed on paper bearing the letterhead of the financial institution >

                                                 For the attention of
                                      <Address of the Contracting Authority>
                                    <Financial Unit mentioned in the Contract>
                                  referred to below as the “Contracting Authority”


Subject: Guarantee No…
Performance Guarantee for the full and proper execution of contract
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water and wastewater network at
Botosani, Romania
Identification number: Europeaid/121117/D/S/RO

(please quote number and title in all correspondence)

We the undersigned, <name and address of financial institution>, hereby irrevocably declare that we
guarantee as primary obligor, and not merely as a surety on behalf of <Contractor's name and address>,
hereinafter referred to as “the Contractor”, payment to the Contracting Authority of <amount of the
performance guarantee>, representing the performance guarantee mentioned in Article 11 of the Special
Conditions of the contract <contract number and title> concluded between the Contractor and the
Contracting Authority, hereinafter referred to as “the Contract”.

Payment shall be made without objection or legal proceedings of any kind, upon receipt of your first
written claim (sent by registered letter with confirmation of receipt) stating that the Contractor has failed to
perform his contractual obligations fully and properly or that the Contract has been terminated for any
reason whatsoever. We shall not delay the payment, nor shall we oppose it for any reason whatsoever.
We shall inform you in writing as soon as payment has been made.

We accept notably that no amendment to the terms of the Contract agreed between the Contracting
Authority and the Contractor can release us from our obligation under this guarantee. We waive the right
to be informed of any change, addition or amendment to the Contract.

We note that the guarantee will be released within 45 days of the issue of the final acceptance certificate.

The law applicable to this guarantee shall be that of country of the Contracting Authority. Any dispute
arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to the courts of the country of the
Contracting Authority.

This guarantee shall enter into force and take effect upon its signature.



Name: …………………………… Position: …………………

1
    Signature: ……………..                   Date: <Date>




1
    The name(s) and position(s) of the persons signing on behalf of the guarantor must be shown in printed characters.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                         90 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                       ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


                          ANNEX V: PRE-FINANCING GUARANTEE FORM
                 <To be completed on paper bearing the letterhead of the financial institution >

                                                 For the attention of
                                      <Address of the Contracting Authority>
                                     <Financial Unit mentioned in the Contract>
                                  referred to below as the “Contracting Authority”

Subject: Guarantee No…
Financing Guarantee for the repayment of pre-financing payable under contract
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water and wastewater network at
Botosani, Romania
Identification number: EuropeAid/121117/D/S/RO

(please quote number and title in all correspondence)

We, the undersigned, <name, and address of financial institution>, hereby irrevocably declare that we
guarantee as primary obligor, and not merely as surety on behalf of <Contractor's name and address>,
hereinafter referred to as “the Contractor”, the payment to the Contracting Authority of <indicate the
amount of the pre-financing>, corresponding to the pre-financing as mentioned in Article 26.1 of the
Special Conditions of the contract <Contract number and title>concluded between the Contractor and the
Contracting Authority, hereinafter referred to as “the Contract”.

Payment shall be made without objection or legal proceedings of any kind, upon receipt of your first
written claim (sent by registered letter with confirmation or receipt) stating that the Contractor has not
repaid the pre-financing on request or that the Contract has been terminated for any reason whatsoever.
We shall not delay the payment, nor shall we oppose it for any reason whatsoever. We shall inform you in
writing as soon as payment has been made.

We accept notably that no amendment to the terms of the Contract agreed between the Contracting
Authority and the Contractor can release us from our obligation under this guarantee. We waive the right
to be informed of any change, addition or amendment of the Contract.

We note that the guarantee will be released 45 days at the latest after the provisional acceptance of the
goods.
The law applicable to this guarantee shall be that of country of the Contracting Authority. Any dispute
arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to the courts of the country of the
Contracting Authority.

The guarantee will enter into force and take effect on receipt of the pre-financing payment in the account
designated by the Contractor to receive payments.


Name: …………………………… Position: …………………

2
    Signature: ……………..                    Date: <Date>




2
    The name(s) and position(s) of the persons signing on behalf of the guarantor must be shown in printed characters.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                         91 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



FURTHER INFORMATION
                                                 GLOSSARY
Successful tenderer: The tenderer selected at the end of the procedure for the award of the contract.

Contracting Authority: The party which concludes the contract as provided in the Financing Agreement,
be it the Commission for and on behalf of the beneficiary, a country or a legal person governed by public or
private law, as mentioned in the financing agreement.

Project Manager: The legal or natural person responsible for monitoring the execution of the contract on
behalf of the Contracting Authority and/or the Commission, where the latter is not the Contracting Authority.

Supplies: All items which the Contractor is required to supply to the Contracting Authority, including, where
necessary, services such as installation, testing, commissioning, provision of expertise, supervision,
maintenance, repair, training and other such obligations connected with the items to be provided under the
contract.

Hybrid contract: A contract between the contracting authority and a service provider, contractor or
construction firm covering two or more of the following: works, supplies and services.


General conditions: The general contractual provisions setting out the administrative, financial, legal and
technical clauses governing the execution of contracts.

Special conditions: The special conditions laid down by the Contracting Authority as an integral part of the
tender dossier, including modifications to the general conditions, clauses specific to the contract and the
terms of reference (for a service contract) or technical specifications (for a supply or works contract).

Evaluation committee: A committee made up of an odd number of voting members (at least three)
appointed by the Contracting Authority and possessing the technical, linguistic and administrative capacities
necessary to give an informed opinion on tenders.

Written communications: Certificates, notices, orders and instructions issued in writing under the contract.

Administrative order: Any instruction or order issued by the Project Manager to the Contractor in writing
regarding the provision of the supplies.

Conflict of interest: Any event influencing the capacity of a candidate, tenderer or contractor to give an
objective and impartial professional opinion, or preventing him, at any moment, from giving priority to the
interests of the Contracting Authority. Any consideration relating to possible contracts in the future or
conflict with other commitments, past or present, of a candidate, tenderer or contractor, or any conflict with
his own interests. These restrictions also apply to subcontractors and employees of the candidate, tenderer
or contractor.
There is a conflict of interests within the meaning of Article 52 of the Financial Regulation where the
impartial and objective exercise of the functions of a player in the implementation of the budget or an
internal auditor is compromised for reasons involving family, emotional life, political or national affinity,
economic interest or any other shared interest with the beneficiary.

Breakdown of the overall price: A heading-by-heading list of the rates and costs making up the price for a
lump-sum contract.

Period: A period begins the day after the act or event chosen as its starting point. Where the last day of a
period is not a working day in the country of the Contracting Authority, the period expires at the end of the
next working day.

Day: Calendar day.

In writing: This includes any hand-written, typed or printed communication, including telex, cable and fax
transmissions.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                              92 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

Supply contract: Supply contracts cover the purchase, leasing, rental or hire purchase, with or without
option to buy, of products. The delivery of products may in addition include siting, installation and
maintenance.

Foreign currency: Any currency, other than the euro, which is permissible under the applicable provisions
and regulations and has been indicated in the tender.

National currency: The currency of the country of the Contracting Authority.

Tender price: The sum stated by the tenderer in its tender for carrying out the contract.

Contract value: The sum stated in the contract representing the initial estimate payable for carrying out the
supplies, or such other sum as ascertained at the end of the contract as due under the contract.

Most economically advantageous tender: The tender deemed to be best in terms of the specific criteria
laid down for the contract in question, e.g. quality, technical properties, aesthetic and functional qualities,
after-sales service and technical assistance, delivery date or performance period, the price or lowest price.
These criteria must be published in the procurement notice or stated in the tender dossier.

Tenderer: Any natural or legal person or group thereof submitting a tender with a view to concluding a
contract. The terms "contractor", "contractor" and "service provider" refer to three categories of economic
operator, natural or legal persons, who supply products, execute works and provide services respectively.

Open procedure: Calls for tender are open where all interested economic operators may submit a tender.

Liquidated damages: The sum stated in the contract as compensation payable by the Contractor to the
Contracting Authority for failure to complete the contract or part thereof within the periods under the
contract, or as payable by either party to the other for any specific breach identified in the contract.

General damages: The sum not stated beforehand in the contract, which is awarded by a court or an
arbitration tribunal, or agreed between the parties, as compensation payable to an injured party for a breach
of the contract by the other party.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                               93 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                                            ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                                              ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE GRID

                    Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
Contract title :                                                                        Publication reference :                       EUROPEAID/121117/D/S/RO
                    for the water and wastewater network

 Tender            Tenderer name           Nationality of         Documentation   Language as      Tender         Consortium         Sub –            Other          Overall
envelope                                     tenderer               complete?      required?     submission        agreement      contracting      administrative   decision?
 number                                    (consortium)              (Yes/No)                       form          signed by all    statement     requirements for
                                             3
                                               eligible?                                         complete?          partners?     acceptable?     tender dossier?

                                                                                   (Yes/No)                       (Yes/No/ Not    (Yes/No/ Not     (Yes/No/Not      (Accept /
                                              (Yes/No)                                            (Yes/No)         Applicable)     Applicable)      applicable)      Reject)

1
2
3
4
5
6


Chairman's name

Chairman's signature

Date




3
    If the tender has been submitted by a consortium, the nationalities of all the consortium partners must be eligible Europeaid/120095/D/S/RO
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                                                94 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                                                                                                                                        EVALUATION GRID

                         Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
Contract title :                                                                                                                                                                                                     Publication reference :                                        EUROPEAID/121117/D/S/RO
                         for the water and wastewater network



                     Tenderer name                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Comments:




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Other technical requirements in
                                                                       Economic & financial capacity?




                                                                                                                                                                                   Ancillary services as required?
                                          Rules of origin respected?




                                                                                                                                                       Compliance with technical




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (Yes/No/Not applicable)


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Technically compliant?
                                                                                                        Professional capacity?
Tender envelope No




                                                                                                                                 Technical capacity?




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 tender dossier?
                                                                                                                                                                                           (OK/a/b/…/NA)
                                                                                                                                                           specifications?
                                                                               (OK/a/b/…)



                                                                                                             (OK/a/b/…)



                                                                                                                                    (OK/a/b/…)




                                                                                                                                                             (OK/a/b/…)




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 (Yes/No)
                                                    (Y/N)




1

2

3

4

5


Evaluator's name

Evaluator's signature

Date


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            95 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                        ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




                                                                  TECHNICAL EVALUATION GRID

Tender number ……….. Tenderer name …………………….………………….. Lot no(s)………….

                   Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
Contract title :                                                                      Publication reference :       EUROPEAID/121117/D/S/RO
                   for the water and wastewater network

  Item                                                                                                 Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                      Comments
   no.                                                                                                  YES/NO
            LEAK DETECTION, FLOW MEASUREMENTS AND MAINTENANCE
LOT 1
            EQUIPMENTS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION NETWORK


L 1.1       MOBILE LEAK DETECTION UNIT
            The vehicle mounted water leak detection equipment shall be for-this-purpose built self-
            contained unit.
            All the instruments must allow to be removed from the test van and to work
            independently via built-in batteries
L.1.1.1     Logger system for leak noise detection
            Noise loggers with bi-directional radio data transfer for leak pre-location by sound
            logging
            Automatic, compact, with a battery lifetime of minimum 7 years
            Leak indication via Leak/No Leak signal, including unique serial ID transmission.
            Radio distance up to minimum 50 m
            High humidity, temp -10°C to +40°C; IP 68 protection
            A set of minimum 45 loggers shall be quoted
            The signal recording performance for each logger in a database (associated
            Windows software in Romanian language) and geographical description of the
            vicinity of each leak available during patrols
            Software included
            The receiving and control device should be able to program the loggers directly via
            radio link
            Real time noise measurement available

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                          96 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                              Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                Comments
   no.                                                                                               YES/NO
           Internal software of the receiving and control device should be in Romanian
           language
           The computer shall be a laptop with at least Intel Pentium IV, 256 MB RAM, 20 GB
           Hard Disk, CD-ROM driver, Windows XP and Colour Display. A colour ink jet A4
           printer to be delivered as well.
L.1.1.2    Correlator unit
           Correlator device - Microprocessor controlled, with digital data transmission and
           process, continuous indication of process on LCD display
           The system has to perform the correlation completely automatic, the distance to the
           leak being indicated both graphically and numerically in meters
           Operation mode for pipes with mixed materials
           Frequency analyse, coherence analyse, facility for autocorrelation have to be
           available
           Internal memories capacity for min. for 10 correlations
           Software update by RS 232 interface. Software language should be Romanian
           Noise filters automatically selected or manually selected
           Autonomy of at least 12 hours
           Transmitters devices – have to be equipped with a display to allow the operator to
           monitor the noise level and to select the adequate filters on site
           Rugged active piezo sensors with magnetic connector, with flexible connecting cable of
           at least 2 m long
           2 hydrophones and a measuring wheel with metric indication in cm to be delivered as
           well.

L.1.1.3    Exact leak detection equipment
            Leak location confirmation by sound analyse by the acoustic method, with digital
            signal processing.
            Based on controlled computer
            The equipment performs identification of the leak noise through a microprocessor
            with identification of the minimum value of the noise spectrum and computerized
            filtering of the leak noise.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                    97 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
            Minimum value - indicated either as a numerical value or as a graphical indication
            The instrument must be provided with:
            LCD display with backlight
            Internal memories for min. 8 measurement points;
            Frequency analysis - available
            Gain of min.120 db, with manual control of global gain and separate for the
            acoustical headphones level.
            Ability to perform the frequency analyse of the received signal and to select the
            adequate digital filters (fixed and freely filters curves)
            The frequency analyse shall be performed in the domain 0 ... 2 kHz
            The instrument shall be provided with automatic auto-test facilities and power saving
            by automatic disconnection
            Autonomy for at least 35 hours.
            The instrument shall be able to perform noise level analyse for a programmable time
            period of 1 ... 30 min.
            The instrument shall be provided with piezo microphones/accessories to allow
            working on both hard covered surfaces or for all surfaces, as well as a direct contact
            “rod” microphone.
            Menu operated with Romanian language software
           The instrument shall be provided with microphones, battery charger, transport case,
           headphones and all the other accessories for normal operation.
L.1.1.4    Trace locator for buried metallic pipes and cables
           Generator: Output power of at least 3W, manually selectable in 3 steps (low,
           medium, high)
           Automatic impedance matching
           Three active frequencies, with single frequency and simultaneous transmission of all
           frequencies
           LCD display with indication of battery status, output power, loop resistance available

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     98 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           The tone generator shall be provided with rechargeable batteries
           Receiver: microprocessor controlled with all measured data continuously displayed
           on LCD display
           Active and passive location modes, with maximum, minimum simultaneously on
           display
           Left/right guidance proportional with the distance to the trace
           Depth measurement with depth indication in meters; Accuracy of depth
           measurement ± 5% up to 6 m
           Autonomy in operation of minimum 70 hours with batteries
           The equipment shall be provided with transport case and all the other accessories for
           normal operation
L.1.1.5    Buried lid locator
           Ferromagnetic buried lid locator with a sensibility up to 3 m depth.
           The instrument shall be provided with battery auto-test procedure
           Indication of field intensity signal by audio tones with increasing and decreasing
           frequency and by measurement on a display.
           Autonomy in operation of minimum 50 hours with batteries. Weight under 1 kg.
           The equipment shall be provided with transport bag/case
           High impact housing.
L.1.1.6    Trace locator for buried non-metallic pipes
           Sound pulse generator for the acoustic non-metallic buried pipes tracing.
           Generator with 3 different pulse rates sequences and with adjustable noise intensity.
           Connecting chain length of more than 500 mm
           The instrument shall be provided with battery chargers and all the other accessories for
           normal operation
L.1.1.7    Vehicle
           The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production
           The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in normal conditions consisting
                                                     0
           of a maximum ambient temperature of 40 C, relative humidity 80% at 20°C



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      99 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                      ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                  Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                    Comments
   no.                                                                                                   YES/NO
           The engine of the vehicle shall be EURO 3, water-cooled diesel engine with
           minimum engine volume 2000 cc developing minimum 80 HP under standard SAE
           conditions, common-rail direct-injection, or similar, diesel engines technique, with a
           direct electric starter system, 12 volt
           The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk
           The transmission of the vehicle shall be five-speed transmission, synchromesh or
           constant mesh in top three gears
           The rear axle shall be single reduction, full floating mounted on suitable springs with
           shock absorbers. The front axle shall be of I-beam construction mounted on heavy-
           duty springs with suitable shock absorbers
           The frame shall be a long chassis with heavy-duty all-riveted channel construction
           with adequate cross-bracing for lateral loads
           The steering shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic, re-circulating ball/ball and
           nut type with minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb).
           The wheels and tires shall be the manufacturer’s standard wheels and tires and shall
           include one spare wheel and tire complete
           The brakes of the vehicle shall be air or air-over hydraulic actuated service brakes
           with automatic emergency braking facilities upon loss of operating pressure in
           service brake system.
           Mechanical parking brake available
           The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories, as minimum:
           - Tachometer and speedometer.
           - Engine oil pressure indicator
           - Fuel gauge
           - Water temperature indicator
           - Fuel priming pump
           - Heavy duty battery
           - Radiator protection grill
           - Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors.
           The cabin of the vehicle shall be dust, heat, and weather proof cabin with opening
           windows and clear view window of toughened glass. The doors of the cabin shall be
           lockable


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                        100 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                            Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                              Comments
   no.                                                                                             YES/NO
           The vehicle shall be a van divided into three separated compartments:
           - First compartment in front is the driver’s cabin
           - Middle section of the van is the operational compartment, equipped as an office
              of operator.
           - The rear compartment is for hardware storage.
           The working area to be provided with 12 VDC/220 VAC inverter for operation without
           mains and supplementary energy supply from mains (220 V/50 Hz) or auxiliary 12
           VDC battery, with facilities for battery recharge from mains
           The vehicle shall be equipped with a water tank of aprox.50 litters and
           pump/hose/valve system to clean the equipment and for washing of the personnel
           The vehicle shall contain an equipment locker
           Safety equipment, including at least the following: three pieces of warning orange
           cones, safety vests, rain coats and protection clothes for three persons, should be
           available
           Set of tools, including minimum hammer, pickaxe and manhole key, should be
           available
           A set of ordinary and special tools required for vehicle maintenance and repair with
           toolbox shall be supplied
           One copy of Operation Manual in English/Romanian language shall be furnished
           with the vehicle
           The Bidder shall furnish the spare parts recommended for one year under normal
           operation conditions
           Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for two years or 20,000 km, whichever is
           earlier for the vehicle
           Service facilities for vehicle within 150 km from Botosani
           Accessories:




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                  101 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Warning cones                       – 4 pcs
           Warning triangles                   – 2 pcs
           Warning vest                        – 2 pcs
           Protective helmet                   – 2 pcs
           Protective raincoats                – 2 pcs
           Hydrant and valve keys              – 1 set
           Magnetic lid lifter                 – 1 pc
           Mechanical tool set                 – 1 pc
           All types of maintenance required for the first 500 hours of operation of the
           equipment shall be quoted separately
           One copy in Romanian language of the operator’s manual shall be furnished with
           the equipment. All the internal software of the equipment shall be provided in
           Romanian language.
           The equipment shall be current standard model of production that is substantially the
           same as model in successful use for a period of one year of operation
           The bidder shall provide a warranty for one year for the equipment
           Training: the unit requires 10 days on-site training with 4 trainees as specified above
L1.2       ULTRASONIC FLOW MEASURING DEVICE
           Ultrasonic flow measuring device for field use (portable) for the determination of flow
           direction and flow rate of liquids within a pipe network
           Same unit on a wide range of pipe sizes ability
           Internal logging
           Transferable data to Microsoft windows or compatible software
           Intelligent sensors – no calibration needed
           Measuring time can be programmed
           Wall thickness measurement with self-calibrating sensor;
           Measuring device:
           Pipes diameter range: DN 50 – DN 2000
           Flow velocity: 0.1 ….. 20 m/s
           Resolution: minim 1 cm/s

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     102 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Flow quantity: 5…….100000 l/min
           Measurement error (maximum)
                    -    3% measured value
                    -    ± 0,03 m/s
           LCD-Display with backlight
           Memory capacity: minim 100000 values
           Power supply:
                -   NiCd - Accumulators, 4Ah or better (charger included)
                -   External AC/DC adaptor
           Operating time: minim 24 h
           Protection: IP 54
           Operating temperature: -10º C up to 50º C
           RS232 - available
           Sensors:
           Operating temperature: -30ºC up to +50ºC
           Protection: IP 65
           Sensor cables: minimum 5 metres
           The specific software and needed cables (RS 232 and/or UBS serial output, sensor
           etc.) have to be included.
           Specific accessories (sensor extension cable, sensor retaining bar) have to be
           supplied
           The menu shall be displayed in English
           Carrying case
           Operating instructions manual in English (Romanian translation)
           Warranty: 2 years
           Training: the unit requires 3 days training on-site with 4 trainees, as specified above
L 1.3      ELECTROMAGNETIC INSERTION FLOW MEASURING DEVICE




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     103 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                             Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                               Comments
   no.                                                                                              YES/NO
           Flowmeter with on board micro-controller which enables a wide variety of sampling
           regimes to be set, including signal quality, to suit a wide variety of applications
           (tanks, pumping, drinking water network, raw water)
           Ease of installation, with hot-tap capability
           Same unit on a wide range of pipe sizes
           Choice of stem lengths
           It has to be set up as a permanent version as well as a temporary one (for diagnosis)
           Submersible transmitter device
           No moving components
           Internal battery and external DC power
           Electronics should provide wide choice of sampling, averaging, smoothing and data
           output scenarios, with all data in engineering units
           Fast sampling available for fast flow variability investigations
           All calibration, serial number, pipe and site data should be held within unit
           Can operate as stand alone totaliser flow meter
           Internal totaliser count for increased security
           Ease of use with external loggers or SCADA systems
           Technical requirements:
           Flow measurement range: bi-directional from 0.01 m/sec to 5 m/sec
           Flow measurement accuracy:
           Point velocity: Averaged/smoothed flow: ±2mm/sec or ± 2% flow
           Inside pipe diameter range: 100 to 1000 mm
           Pipe material: No restrictions
           Units: SI / selectable
           External DC power supply
           Digital connection RS 232 / Data transmission over at least 100 metres cable should
           be available
           Sensor details:
           Internal calibration, serial numbers, calibration dates, history file
           Internal logging: Negative volume / Positive volume / Cumulated



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                   104 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           Settings:
           units, sample rate, cycle time, smoothing type and time constant, insertion factor,
           profile factor, mains filter frequency, pipe diameter, site information, pulse multiple,
           totaliser reset
           Outputs / Digital data
           RS 232 port for SCADA interfacing and set up. / Selectable from: Point velocity,
           mean pipe velocity, volumetric flow rate, flow noise, totaliser
           Output - Totaliser [pulse]: 2 x Optoisolated open collector outputs.
           External Connections: 10 way mil-spec connector
           Software: Interfaced software included
           Operating temperature range:
           Electronics: -20 to +60 °C, Fluid: non freezing to +60 °C
           Waterproofing / Pressure rating
           IP 68/NEMA 6 for submersion to 10m indefinitely
           Internal pipeline pressure to 20 bar
           Insertion length: All available stem length range (up to 1000 mm) provided
           Warranty: 2 years
           Training: the unit requires 3 days training on-site with 4 trainees, as specified above
L 1.4      Data loggers
           Data logger with up to 8 measurement channels
           Adjustable sampling frequency
           Memory for min. 300.000 values of:
           - Flow
           - Pressure
           - Temperature
           Power supply with:
           - Internal battery
           - Accumulator
           - External 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 110 VAC, 230 VAC
           Internal real time clock
           Technical data:
           Waterproof robust aluminium housing (IP 65 or IP 67)

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      105 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                            Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                              Comments
   no.                                                                                             YES/NO
           Up to 8 analog measurement channels for sensors
           Resolution: 0.0025 % (accuracy: 0.01 %)
           Adjustable sampling frequency up to 1 measurement per second
           Switched sensors powered by the logger (5 Volt ± 5%, max. 10 mA load)
           Measurement range, min:
           - Voltage: ±50mV, ±200mV, ±500mV, ±1V, ±2V, ±10V
           - Current: 0 - ±20 mA, 4 - 20 mA
           - Event: e.g. sealed contact up to 1 event per second
           - Digital: 0V ≤ low ≤ 1V, 4V ≤ high ≤ 5V
           - Frequency: 0,01 Hz up to 6 MHz
           - Period length: up to 24 hours (Resolution 1 μs)
           Storage capacity min. 512 kByte (approx. 340.000 measurements)
           Power supply from batteries, accumulators or main power.
           Operational duration without battery change or charging accumulators:
           - 6 months battery powered with 1 measurement per minute
           - 4 months accumulator powered with 1 measurement per minute (limited by self
              discharge)
           Operating temperature range: -10 ÷ 55 °C
           All the standard accessories (cables, charger for accumulator, plugs etc.) should be
           included.
           The logger and accessories shall be delivered in one compact carrying case
           Compatible with above mentioned Electromagnetic Insertion Flowmeter. (L 1.3)
           Warranty: 2 years


L 1.5      SET OF PLUMBING TOOLS
L 1.5.1    Waste water motor-pump
           ▪ D max = 900 l/min
                             ”
           ▪ D admission = 3
           ▪ P = 5.5 HP
L 1.5.2    Three-phase current generating set




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                  106 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                           Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                             Comments
   no.                                                                                            YES/NO
           ▪    P = 7 kVA (13,5HP)
           ▪    I(230 V) = 17,5 A
           ▪    I(400 V) = 10,1 A
L 1.5.3    Inverter type welding machine for manual welding
           ▪ I = 120/130 A
           ▪ U = 230 V
L 1.5.4    Rotary hammer 2 KG
           -    Weight: 2-3 kg
           -    Pn = 800 W
           -    Impact energy 0-3 j
           -    Rated torque 28 Nm
           -    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-plus flute drill bits: 4 - 26 mm
           -    Drilling diameter in steel, (with drill chuck): 13 mm
           -    Stepless speed control
           -    Forward/reverse operation
           -    Overload clutch
           -    SDS-plus shank
           Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.4    Rotary hammer 11 KG
           -    Weight: 11 kg
           -    Pn = 1.500 W
           -    Impact energy: 5 - 18 J
           -    Impact energy (chiselling): 5 - 18 J
           -    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max flute drill bits: 12 - 52 mm
           -    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max core cutters: 40 - 150 mm
           -    Drilling diameter in concrete with SDS-max breakthrough drill bits: 45 - 80 mm
           -    Drilling perf. in concrete of medium hardness (length): 320 mm/min
           -    Material removal rate in concrete of medium hardness, approx. 225 kg/h
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                 107 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                              ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                          Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                            Comments
   no.                                                                                           YES/NO
           -    Constant Electronic with setting wheel for preselecting speed, impact rate or
                impact force
           -    Overload clutch
           -    Variable chisel fitting in 12 angle positions
           -    SDS-max
           Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.6    Drilling and threading machine, with chuck
           ▪ P = 450 W
           ▪ Hole diameter in metal D = 13 mm
           ▪ Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.7    Angle Grinder 115
           ▪ P = 800 W
           ▪ N = 11.000 rpm
           ▪ Disc diameter = 115 mm
           ▪ Grinding spindle thread M14
           ▪ Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.8    Angle Grinder 125
           ▪ P = 1100 W
           ▪ N = 11.000 rpm
           ▪ Disc diameter = 125 mm
           ▪ Grinding spindle thread M14
           ▪ Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.9    Angle Grinder 250
           ▪ P = 2600 W
           ▪ N = 11.000 rpm
           ▪ Disc diameter = 250 mm
           ▪ Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.10   Electric Saw




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                108 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           ▪ P = 1600 W
           ▪ Cutter, length: min. 350 mm
           ▪ Stroke length: 50 mm
           ▪ SDS system for easy changing of saw blades
           ▪ Control and Constant Electronic system for speed
           ▪ Supplied in adequate carrying case
L 1.5.11   Electrofusion unit for joining (welding) PE pipes
           Cover the range between 20 to 700 mm water pipe diameters
           Housing – IP 54, protection class II
           Fusion cable – min. 3 m length, with 4.0 and 4.7 mm connection sockets
           Power cable – min. 3 m length
           Operational temperature range: min. –10º to +40ºc
           Operation modes: manual/barcode
                -   Fusion data:                Barcode input (12/5, Code 128)
                -   Fusion data:                Manual input (voltage, time)
                -   Traceability data:          Barcode input (Code 128-C)
              - Traceability data:            Manual input
           Reporting of fusion and traceability data according to ISO 12176-4
           Internal memory: min. 300 fusion processes
           The data transferring to PC/laptop via a connection cable with serial/parallel interface
           Language for unit operation: English (as minimal requirement)
           Technical data:
           -    Single-phase power supply: 180-260 V AC
           -    Current consumption: AC 16 A.
           -    Frequency: 45-65 Hz
           -    Output power: 3.5 kw
           Parallel, serial interfaces
           Dedicated software kit for data transferring, processing and archiving
           Reader wand (pen) for barcode recognition
           Scraper tools for pipes (long service life) from 250 mm to 710 mm diameter

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      109 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Supplied in practical aluminium carrying case
           Operating instructions manual (Romanian translation)
           Training: the unit requires 2 days training on-site with 4 trainees, as specified above
L 1.5.12   Plumbers' tools kit
L 1.5.13   Electricians' tools kit
L 1.5.14   Mechanic-Locksmith's tools kit

LOT 2      MOBILE UNITS FOR SEWERS INSPECTION AND CLEANING


L 2.1      MOBILE UNIT FOR SEWERS INSPECTION
           The vehicle mounted CCTV equipment shall be for-this-purpose built self-contained
           unit
           The test van has two basic equipments installed: One electronic leakage location
           device and a CCTV system
L 2.1.1    The electronic leakage location system
           Pinpoint the leakages; no interruption of running sewer operation
           An electric probe is pulled through the sewer
           Leakage location in the duct is indicated on the screen together with wastewater
           temperature
           Measuring system comprise: probe, cable winch, rope winch, pulleys, laptop
           computer.
           Probes have to cover the whole range of pipe dimensions from DN 200 to DN 1200
           mm.
           Leakages pinpointed to the centimetre
           Automatic drawing-up of a list of leakages; available database for managing the
           results
           Temperature measurement available
           The specific software included
L 2.1.2    CCTV equipment
           The equipment shall be built in the van as a permanent installation

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     110 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                              Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                Comments
   no.                                                                                               YES/NO
           The operators’ working place shall be designed ergonomically, height adjustable,
           rotating chair for operator and a bench or separate chairs for two observers.
           The power distribution panel shall have automatic over-current protection and fuses
           to protect the TV system
           The data display generator shall be capable of superimposing text and meter counter
           position in the video picture and to display tilt level in %.
           The monitor observing the sewer camera image shall be 15” colour monitor with high
           resolution (500 lines H).
           Videocassette recorder shall be professional S-VHS, with time code.
           A rear monitor 9” B/W shall be supplied
           Digital video interface for conversion of the video signal into a y/c signal included
           The computer hardware and software needed for CCTV-inspection and for the
           records included in the delivered equipment
           The computer shall be at least with Intel Pentium IV, 512 MB RAM, 80 GB Hard Disk,
           3.5” Diskette Driver, DVD/CD-RW driver, Mouse, Keyboard, well known video card,
           Windows and 17” TFT Monitor (Screen brightness 260 cd/m², 16 million colours,
           resolution 1280*1024). Black and colour ink jet A4 printer
           The Windows based data acquisition software shall be preferably in Romanian
           language and should be in full compliance with the EN-13508 coding system
           The camera system:
           -    shall be capable to survey round sewers from diameter of 150 mm up to 1200
                mm.
           -    shall be with full pan and tilt function
           -    Swivelling range of the camera shall be at least in horizontal (around pipe axis)
                   0                                                 0
                330 and in vertical (perpendicular to pipe axis) 240
           -    shall have 1/3” CCD colour sensor. Iris 1:2 with distance adjustment 1 cm to
                infinity, remotely adjustable, automatic iris with manual override. Angle of
                aperture 90°, resolution more than 460 lines, picture scanning 625 lines, 50Hz,
                PAL TV standard, focus motorized and remotely adjustable.
           -    shall be equipped with an integrated mechanical manual height adjusting unit
           -    shall be equipped with an inclinometer measurement device


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                    111 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           -  The lighting system shall be capable to illuminate the sewers under survey
              enough to have clear picture with the CCTV-system (minimal requirements:
              integrated lighting 2 x 14V/35W halogen lamps, protection domes made out of
              quartz glass and additional lighting 3 x 14V/35 W halogen lamps)
           The tractor for the camera system:
           - Shall be able to carry the camera in sewers, sizes mentioned above (diameter
              of 150 mm up to 1200 mm.)
           -    has to be 4-wheel drive, motor power min. 160 W
           -    shall be fully remote controlled, waterproof up to 1 bar, made of non-corrosion
                materials and equipped with protection against overturning
           -    shall be supplied with full sets of changeable wheels and shall be all wheels
                driven
           -    shall be capable to pull the camera set and lights together with the cable in the
                sewer up to 300 m
           -    shall be capable of variable speed in both forward and reverse direction; tractor
                speed remotely controlled and continuously adjustable
           -    has to be able to ensure ovoid pipes inspection (from 200x300 mm up to
                900x1350 mm)
           A single cable shall be able to transmit control and feed the power for the camera-
           tractor system and for illumination. The cable shall have wear-resistant outer sheath
           The cable winch to store, feed out and retract the cable length of 300 m, available
           The winch shall be equipped with a metric digital encoder for the exact position of the
           camera. The position shall be seen on the screen
           The cable drum shall be electrically driven synchronized with the tractor, but also
           manual operation shall be possible
           To be provided a work light of min.12V/55W at cable winch, to illuminate manholes
           An electrically powered and controlled lifting device shall be provided for lowering
           and retrieving the camera-tractor system
           The system shall be capable to lower the camera system to the depth of min. 10 m
           from the road level.
           The arm of the lifting device shall be swivelling and equipped with working light to the
           manhole.

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      112 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Power distribution system with minimum 2,8kw/230V generator available
           An uninterrupted power supply unit (600VA, 230V sine) for backup of the PC system
           shall be supplied
           All types of maintenance required for the first 1000 hours of operation of the CCTV
           equipment shall be quoted separately
           A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance (and repair) with toolbox
           for the CCTV equipment shall be supplied with the vehicle
           The copies in English/Romanian language of the following shall be furnished:
           - Maintenance manual
           - Operator’s manual
           - Spare parts catalogue
           The CCTV equipment shall be a current standard model of production which is
           substantially the same as model in successful use for a period of one year or more
           than 2.000 hours of operation
           The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2.000 hours of
           operation of the CCTV equipment
           Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for two years for the CCTV equipment.
L 2.1.3    Vehicle
           The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production
           The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in normal conditions consisting
                                                      0
           of a maximum ambient temperature of 40 C, relative humidity 80% at 20°C
           The engine of the vehicle shall be EURO 3, water-cooled diesel engine with
           minimum engine volume 2000 cc developing minimum 80 HP under standard SAE
           conditions, common-rail direct-injection, or similar, diesel engines technique, with a
           direct electric starter system, 12 volt
           The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk
           The transmission of the vehicle shall be five-speed transmission, synchromesh or
           constant mesh in top three gears
           The rear axle shall be single reduction, full floating mounted on suitable springs with
           shock absorbers. The front axle shall be of I- beam construction mounted on heavy-
           duty springs with suitable shock absorbers


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     113 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                      ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                  Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                    Comments
   no.                                                                                                   YES/NO
           The frame shall be a long chassis with heavy-duty all-riveted channel construction
           with adequate cross-bracing for lateral loads
           The steering shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic, re-circulating ball/ball and
           nut type with minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb).
           The wheels and tires shall be the manufacturer’s standard wheels and tires and shall
           include one spare wheel and tire complete
           The brakes of the vehicle shall be air or air-over hydraulic actuated service brakes
           with automatic emergency braking facilities upon loss of operating pressure in
           service brake system.
           Mechanical parking brake available
           The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories, as minimum:
           - Tachometer and speedometer.
           - Engine oil pressure indicator
           - Fuel gauge
           - Water temperature indicator
           - Fuel priming pump
           - Heavy duty battery
           - Radiator protection grill
           - Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors.
           The cabin of the vehicle shall be dust, heat, and weather proof cabin with opening
           windows and clear view window of toughened glass. The doors of the cabin shall be
           lockable
           The vehicle shall be a van divided into three separated compartments:
           - First compartment in front is the driver’s cabin
           - Middle section of the van is the operational compartment, equipped as an office
               of operator.
           - The rear compartment is for hardware storage.
           The working area to be provided with 12 VDC/220 VAC inverter for operation without
           mains and supplementary energy supply from mains (220 V/50 Hz) or auxiliary 12
           VDC battery, with facilities for battery recharge from mains
           The vehicle shall be equipped with a water tank of aprox.50 litters and
           pump/hose/valve system to clean the equipment and for washing of the personnel
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                        114 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                             Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                               Comments
   no.                                                                                              YES/NO
           The vehicle shall contain an equipment locker
           Safety equipment, including at least the following: three pieces of warning orange
           cones, safety vests, rain coats and protection clothes for three persons, should be
           available
           Set of tools, including minimum hammer, pickaxe and manhole key, should be
           available
           A set of ordinary and special tools required for vehicle maintenance and repair with
           toolbox shall be supplied
           One copy of Operation Manual in English/Romanian language shall be furnished
           with the vehicle
           Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for two years or 20,000 km, whichever is
           earlier for the vehicle.
           Service facilities for vehicle within 150 km from Botosani
           Training: the unit requires 10 days on-site training with 4 trainees, as specified
           above
L 2.2      MOBILE UNIT FOR SEWER CLEANING
           (Combined Vacuum/High Pressure Tanker)
           -    Independent equipment self-propelled, destined for works of cleaning, warping,
                draining and emptying of sewerage networks, of tanks and holes
           -    Work environment temperature at least -15º C and equipped for visitation in
                sewer inner
           - Combined operation of sucking and high-pressure cleaning
           The carrying vehicle
           -    The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer’s own standard range of production in
                current supply
           -    The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in normal conditions
                                                                     0
                consisting of a maximum ambient temperature of 40 C, relative humidity 80% at
                20°C.
           -    the vehicle complies with the stipulated requirements of law pertaining to
                operation of vehicles
           -    Engine: Diesel min. 200 HP, max. 300 HP
           -    Total utility load: min 13 t
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                   115 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                 ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                             Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                               Comments
   no.                                                                                              YES/NO
           -    Gas tank: min 130 litres
           -    Short box (three seats)
           -    Maximum load: min 19 t
           -    A set of ordinary and special tools required for vehicle maintenance and repair
                with toolbox shall be supplied
           -    One copy of Operation Manual in English/Romanian language shall be
                furnished with the vehicle
           -    Manufacturer shall provide a commercial warranty for 18 month or 150,000 km
           - Service facilities for vehicle within 150 km from Botosani
           The passable vehicle:
           - Length: Max. 8.0 m
           -    Breadth: Max. 3.0 m
           -    Height: Max. 4.0 m
           - Mass: Max. 13 t
           Tank car:
           - The body of tank car shall be iron plate of 8 mm thickness, anticorrosive
              protected
           -    The inner compartments shall be with hydraulic/pneumatic change of location of
                internal wall partition
                                                      3
           -    Tank with minimum capacity of 8 m
           -    The water compartment:
                   Supplying: min. DN=100 mm
                   Visitation lid: DN= 600 mm
           -    Hydraulic opening on the back side
           -    The blocking up system shall be hydraulic.
           -  The indicators of water level and of mud level shall be electromagnetic indicators
              with signal lamps
           High pressure water pump
           - Capacity: 200 – 250 l/min
           -    Pressure: min. 160 bar

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                   116 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                           Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                             Comments
   no.                                                                                            YES/NO
           - Optical and acoustic signalization for “without water” pump function prevention
           Vacuum pump
           - Capacity: min. 850 mc/h
           - Safeguards for overloads and water prevention
           The rotating arm:
           - Hydraulic rotating system
           -    Aspiration diameter min. Dn=100 mm
           -    Rotation angle min. 300 degree
           -    Length of telescopic arm min. 6 m
           - Length of hose min. 20 m
           Accessories:
           - Posterior hydraulic barrel – equipped with rubber hose Dn = 1″, length min 120
              m, pressure max 200 bars ; automated reeling
           -  Manual barrel - equipped with rubber hose Dn = 1/2″, Length min 40 m,
              connexions and water gun
           Control panel for pressure pump and vacuum pump operating:
           - Box command shall be by stainless steel
           -    Components of box command: command of water pump engagement, command
                of vacuum pump engagement, signal lamp of water low level, electrical
                accelerator of engine, rotation indicator, regulator of water pressure, vacuum
                manometer, lamp of damage, water manometer
           -  Commands from the box command: engagement/disengagement with signal
              lamps, commutation of gyro head light with signal light
           Tools and equipment:
           - 2 searchlights (reflectors) for working in the time of night
           - 3 pipes for aspiration with L=2m and Dn = 100 mm and afferent connexions
           - 1 water gun
           - 1 standard kit of tools
           The suction/flushing unit shall be operable in wintertime down to minus 15 degrees
           Celsius
           2 years commercial warranty
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                 117 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                            Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                              Comments
   no.                                                                                             YES/NO
           10 years commercial warranty for tank deformation and corrosion
           Training: requires 2 days on-site training with 4 trainees, as specified above
   L 2.3   HIGH PRESSURE JETTING VAN
           Unit
           The high pressure pump for jetting should have min. 100 l/min at 150 bar.
           Manual pressure adjustment ability
           The tank for the water shall be 1000 litres with minimum two pieces of level sight
           glasses, minimum diameter 100 mm.
           The hydraulically operated hose reel mounted near the end of the van shall be
           equipped with:
               - a minimum 50 m long ¾’’ and 60 m ½’’ jetting hose
               - 2 traction nozzles
               - 2 standard pipe cleaning nozzles and
               - a root cutter shall be supplied for the hose.
           Total momentary noise made by the equipment shall not exceed 80 dB.
           All types of maintenance items required for the unit for the first 1000 hours of
           operation shall be included.
           A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with a fixed
           tool box shall be supplied for the unit.
           The Bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2000 hrs
           operation of the unit with prices. The total cost of the spare parts shall not be
           included in the tender price.
           An operation/maintenance manual and spare parts list in Romanian and English
           available
           The unit shall be fully tested before leaving the contractor.
           Van
           The vehicle shall be from the manufacturer's own standard range of production in
           current supply and conforming as near as possible to the following specifications.
           The vehicle shall be suitable for continuous operation in the Romanian environment.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                  118 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                 Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                   Comments
   no.                                                                                                  YES/NO
           The vehicle complies with the stipulated requirements of law pertaining to operation
           of vehicles in effect at the time of submitting the bid.
           All items have to be fully assembled with all the normal standard fittings and tested.
           Service facilities for repair and service of the vehicles shall be within 150 km of the
           Botosani town.
           The overall vehicle length shall not exceed 5.0 m
           The overall vehicle width shall not exceed 2.0m.
           Technical drawings of the vehicle dimensions shall be provided
           The tank and pump unit shall be fixed with heavy duty rubber suspensions
           The engine of the vehicle shall be a water-cooled diesel engine with minimum 70 kW,
           with a direct electric starter system, 24/12 volt, alternator, radiator, water pump, fuel
           pump, lubricating oil pump, air cleaner and cooling fan. The exhaust discharges shall
           be overhead for all engines. The power take off for the jetting unit shall be sufficient
           for the pump etc.
           If the van is not fitted with a power take off the van shall be fitted with a separate
           motor generator with sufficient capacity.
           The motor generator set shall generally comply with the specifications for the set in
           this specification.
           The clutch of the vehicle shall be a single plate, dry disk. The transmission of the
           vehicle shall be five speed transmission, synchromesh or constant mesh in top three
           gears. The rear axle of the vehicle shall be single reduction, full floating mounted on
           suitable springs with shock absorbers. The front axle of the vehicle shall be of I-beam
           construction mounted on heavy-duty spring with suitable shock absorbers.
           The steering of the vehicle shall be left-hand drive for right-hand traffic with re-
           circulating ball/ball and nut type and a minimum turning radius of 10 m (curb to curb).
           The vehicle shall have power steering. The wheels and tires of the vehicle shall be
           the manufacturer's standard wheels and tires, and shall include spare wheels and
           tires complete, mounted on tire carriers.
           The brakes of the vehicle shall be hydraulic actuated service brakes. The vehicle
           shall also include a mechanical parking brake.



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                       119 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           The operator's cabin of the vehicle shall be a dust, heat and weather proof cabin with
           opening windows with accommodation for driver and passengers. The doors of the
           cabin shall be lockable. All seats shall be equipped with safety belts.
           The room with the high pressure equipment shall have an autonomous heating
           system in order to ensure the operation down to minus 15 degrees Celsius.
           The vehicle shall be equipped with the following accessories and equipment:
                    a) Tachometer and speedometer
                    b) Ammeter
                    c) Engine oil pressure indicator
                    d) Fuel gauge
                    e) Water temperature indicator
                    f) Fuel priming pump
                    g) Head and tail lights cabin lights and back-up lights
                    h) Heavy duty battery
                    i) Radiator protection grill
                    j) Front and rear hook
                    k) Rear view mirrors inside cabin and on doors
                    l) Lockable equipment locker (all equipment shall be in the closed locker
                    during transportation and storage)
                    m) Halogen working lights, adjustable at the rear, minimum two pieces
                    n) Two flashing yellow warning lights at the top rear end and one at the top
                    front left end of the vehicle
                    o) Washing facility for workmen fixed.
           All types of filters and fan belts and other parts required for the first 1000 hours of
           operation shall be included.
           The bidder shall furnish a list of spare parts recommended for the first 2,000 hours of
           operation with prices. The total cost of the spare parts shall not be included in the
           tender price.
           An operation and maintenance manual in Romanian and English shall be supplied
           including spare parts list also in Romanian and in English.
           Training in Romanian for all functions of the unit shall be included to be performed in
           the Botosani city. The Contractor shall include for his own accommodation and all
           other expenses.
           A set of ordinary and special tools required for maintenance and repair with fixed tool
           box shall be supplied with each vehicle.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     120 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                         Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                           Comments
   no.                                                                                          YES/NO
           Manufacturer shall provide a commercial warranty for two years or 20,000 km,
           whichever is earlier for the vehicle.
           Training: requires 2 days on-site training with 4 trainees, as specified above


LOT 3      GIS & MODELLING EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE


L 3.1      GIS SERVER
           Two Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® processors 7000 sequence and Hyper-Threading
           Technology at 3.0 GHz or equivalent
           Support for up to four Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® processors 7000 sequence with up to
           4 MB L2 Cache and Hyper-Threading Technology
           Motherboard chipset Intel® E8500 Chipset or equivalent
           Minimum 2GB DDR2 400 ECC Memory, expandable to 12 GB
           4 x HDD 146 GB SCSI or higher, 1000 RPM, Hot Plug max 8 HDD supported
           Integrated Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
           RAID-Ctrl or similar with min 128-MB DDR, (support for RAID 0,1,5)
           Video controller 64 MB minimum
           DVD-ROM
           DVD+/-RW Drive
           Floppy diskette drive 3.5"
           Seven PCI slots: four PCI Express (hot-plug), one PCI-X 133MHz (hot-plug), two
           PCI-X 100MHz
           2 x 775 W Hot Plug Power redundant supply
           Four fans using a 2+2 (redundant) configuration for cooling all system components
           2 x serial external 9 pin, 1x parallel 25 pins, 2 x PS/2
           3 x USB 2.0
           Dual Gigabit Ethernet network connections with support for failover and teaming
           Colour monitor LCD 17", TCO 03, maximum 4 ms response time, VGA analog and
           digital signal input
           Keyboard with characters US, PS/2 scroll mouse

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                               121 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           Windows Server 2003, Enterprise x64 Edition with 25 CAL
           Antivirus software with 1 year free update
           Cd & dvd burning software license – professional version
           All components of the PC should be brand names
           Server Management included
           Server have to be found in Windows HCL list and must be compliant with ISO 9001
           3 years on-site commercial warranty
           Training: requires 3 days on-site training with 4 trainees, as specified above
   L 3.2   GRAPHICAL WORKSTATION
           Processor Pentium D dual-core processors , minimum 3 GHz, 1066/800 MHz FSB or
           equivalent
           Minimum 1024 MB RAM Dual Channel DDR2 667 with ECC support
           2 x HDD 120 GB S-ATA2 7200 rpm drive
           Video card PCI Express with minimum 128 MB memory
           3.5’’ Floppy diskette drive
           DVD+/-RW Drive
           Minimum 400 - watt power supply
           Minitower case with possibility to convert it to desktop case
           1x serial, 1x parallel, 1x PS/2, 1x keyboard, 8 x USB 2.0 external (2 x USB in front), 1
           x RJ45, 1xDB15 (monitor), Audio line in, headphone out, microphone in jacks
           External speakers
           Network adapter Ethernet UTP 10/100/1000 TX
           Processor and chipset temperature monitoring software
           Colour monitor LCD 19", TCO 03, maximum 6 ms response time, VGA analog and
           digital signal input, Height Adjustable , Pivot Rotation to 90 degrees
           Keyboard with US characters, PS/2 scroll mouse
           Operating system Windows XP Professional preinstalled with CD and license
           Microsoft Office 2003 Professional (Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, Outlook) or
           later with CD and license
           Antivirus software with 1 year free update
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      122 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                         ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                     Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                       Comments
   no.                                                                                      YES/NO
           Cd & dvd burning software license – professional version
           Energy Star compliance with energy-saving features
           All components of the PC should be brand names
           All components of the PCs have to be found in Windows HCL list and must be
           compliant with ISO 9001
           3 years on-site commercial warranty
   L 3.3   LAPTOP
           Processor Pentium-M minimum 2 GHz 2MB SLC or equivalent
           1024 MB DDR2 RAM
           DVD+/-RW Drive
           HDD with minimum 60 GB
           Display 15.4-inch color TFT WSXGA+ with Wide Viewing Angle
           TV-out; external monitor
           Built-in speaker and microphone
           Line in, microphone, line out jacks
           PCMCIA slot/slots
           3 x USB 2.0
           Gigabit Ethernet LAN; international V.90 modem (V.92 ready)
           1 parallel port, 1 serial port
           SD card slot
           Wireless LAN (802.11b/g), Fast InfraRed, Bluetooth™
           Operating system Windows XP Professional, Cd license
           Microsoft Office 2003 and Microsoft® Office OneNote™ 2003 CD license or later
           Antivirus software with 1 year free update
           Cd & dvd burning software license – professional version
           Li-Ion battery, min. 4700 MAh
           ISO 9001 Certification
           The hardware must be certified by Microsoft (listed in Windows Catalogs)
           AC adapter

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                           123 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                      ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                  Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                    Comments
   no.                                                                                   YES/NO
           Port replicator
           Carrying bag
           3 years on-site commercial warranty
   L 3.4   HI-SPEED USB FLASH DRIVE
           USB version 1.1/ 2.0 compliant
           Built-in ECC function - Error Correction Code
           High performance write up to 870 Kbytes/sec and read up to 1030 Kbytes/sec
           Support booting up feature
           Support security feature
           Fully plug-and-play
           Capacity: min. 1 GB
   L 3.5   UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) 2200 VA
           Technology
           Line-Interactive with RS-232 Communication Interface.
           Input
           Nominal Input Voltage 230 V
           Input Voltage Range 170 to 280 V AC, Single Phase
           Input Frequency 50 Hz +/- 3 Hz
           Input voltage range for main operations 160 - 285V
           Output
           Output Power Capacity: 1980 Watts / 2200 VA
           Nominal Output Voltage: 230 V AC
           Efficiency at Full Load: 95%
           Output Voltage Distortion: Less than 5% at full load
           Output Frequency (sync to mains): 47 - 53 Hz for 50 Hz nominal
           Waveform Type: Sine wave
           Output Connections: (6) IEC 320 C13 ; (1) IEC 320 C19 ; (3) IEC Jumpers
           Battery
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                        124 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                            ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                        Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                          Comments
   no.                                                                                         YES/NO
           Battery Type:
           Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended electrolyte: leakproof
           Recharge time: 3 hour(s)
           Backup Time at Half Load: 24 minutes (990 Watts)
           Backup Time at Full Load: 6 minutes (1980 Watts)
           User-replaceable batteries
           Hot Swap Batteries
           Plug-and-Play installation
           Communication
           Interface Port(s): DB-9 RS-232,USB
           Control panel:
           The UPS should be provided with LED indications for Mains Status (On-Line),
           Battery Operation, UPS Overload and Bar-graphs for Battery & Load
           Emergency Power Off: Available
           Surge protection and filtering
           Surge energy rating: 320 Joules
           Filtering: Full time multi-pole noise filtering
           Operating Environment: 0 - 40 °C
           Audible noise at 1 meter from surface of unit: 45 dBA
           Overload protection:
           The UPS should have User Resettable Push-button Circuit Breaker in the input and
           internal current limiting circuit for inverter output
           Correcting low and high voltage conditions without using the battery: available
           Network manageable: available
           Automatic restart of loads after UPS shutdown: available
           Protects connected loads from surges, spikes, lightning, and other power
           disturbances: available
           Temperature-compensated battery charging: available

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                              125 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                         Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                           Comments
   no.                                                                                          YES/NO
           Software:
           The UPS should be provided with management Software compatible to Windows XP/
           2000 and Linux for real time monitoring of all the vital parameters such as Input
           Voltage, Output Voltage, Output Load, Battery Voltage and Battery Back-up time;
           Automatic File Saving and scheduled Shutdown of Computer.
           Quality standard: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certification
           Standard warranty
           2 years repair or replace on-site warranties (including batteries)
   L 3.6   UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) 1500 VA
           Technology
           Line-Interactive with RS-232 Communication Interface.
           Input
           Nominal Input Voltage 230 V
           Input Voltage Range 170 to 280 V AC, Single Phase
           Input Frequency 50 Hz +/- 3 Hz
           Input voltage range for main operations 160 - 285V
           Output
           Output Power Capacity: 980 Watts / 1500 VA
           Nominal Output Voltage: 230 V AC
           Efficiency at Full Load: 95%
           Output Voltage Distortion: Less than 5% at full load
           Output Frequency (sync to mains): 47 - 53 Hz for 50 Hz nominal
           Waveform Type: Sine wave
           Output Connections: (6) IEC 320 C13 ; (1) IEC 320 C19 ; (3) IEC Jumpers
           Battery
           Battery Type:
           Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended electrolyte: leakproof


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                               126 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                            ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                        Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                          Comments
   no.                                                                                         YES/NO
           Recharge time: 3 hour(s)
           Backup Time at Half Load: 24 minutes (490 Watts)
           Backup Time at Full Load: 6 minutes (980 Watts)
           User-replaceable batteries
           Hot Swap Batteries
           Plug-and-Play installation
           Communication
           Interface Port(s): DB-9 RS-232,USB
           Control panel:
           The UPS should be provided with LED indications for Mains Status (On-Line),
           Battery Operation, UPS Overload and Bar-graphs for Battery & Load
           Emergency Power Off: Available
           Surge protection and filtering
           Surge energy rating: 320 Joules
           Filtering: Full time multi-pole noise filtering
           Operating Environment: 0 - 40 °C
           Audible noise at 1 meter from surface of unit: 45 dBA
           Overload protection:
           The UPS should have User Resettable Push-button Circuit Breaker in the input and
           internal current limiting circuit for inverter output
           Correcting low and high voltage conditions without using the battery: available
           Network manageable: available
           Automatic restart of loads after UPS shutdown: available
           Protects connected loads from surges, spikes, lightning, and other power
           disturbances: available
           Temperature-compensated battery charging: available




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                              127 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                         Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                           Comments
   no.                                                                                          YES/NO
           Software:
           The UPS should be provided with management Software compatible to Windows XP/
           2000 and Linux for real time monitoring of all the vital parameters such as Input
           Voltage, Output Voltage, Output Load, Battery Voltage and Battery Back-up time;
           Automatic File Saving and scheduled Shutdown of Computer.
           Quality standard: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certification
           Standard warranty
           2 years repair or replace on-site warranties (including batteries)

   L 3.7   A4 Mobile Printer
           Ink Jet Colour Printer
           Print Speed:
           - minimum Black: 9 ppm;
           - 5 ppm full page colour photo
           Resolution:
           - minimum: 1200 x 1200 dpi;
           - colour: 4800 x 1200 dpi on photo paper
           Connectivity: Parallel, USB, Fast Infrared, Compact
           Consumables for 5.000 pages
           1 year on-site commercial warranty
   L 3.8   A3 Inkjet Printer
           Speed/monthly volume:
           - Print speed, black (draft quality mode, for A4): up to 24 ppm
           - Print speed, color (draft quality mode, for A4): up to 21 ppm
           - Processor speed: 256 MHz
           - Monthly volume, minimum: 5.000 pages
           Print quality / technology:
           - Print technology: inkjet
           - Print quality, color: up to 4800 x 1200 dpi


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                               128 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                         Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                           Comments
   no.                                                                          YES/NO
           Paper handling / media
           - Input capacity, min.: 150 sheets
           - Output capacity, min.: 100 sheets
           - Duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper): automatic
           Memory, min.: 32 MB
           Connectivity:
           - USB (hi-speed), parallel, network 10/100 Ethernet
           Network protocols supported:
           - TCP/IP, SLP, DHCP, SNMP, HTTP
           Operating systems
           - Microsoft® Windows 98, Me, NT® 4.0, 2000, XP
           Consumables for 10.000 pages
           1 years on-site commercial warranty
   L 3.9   A4 Laser Colour Printer
           Speed/monthly volume:
           -    Print speed, black (best quality mode): 30 ppm
           -    Print speed, colour (pages per minute): 15 ppm
           -    Processor speed: 533 MHz
           - Monthly volume, minimum: 20.000 pages
           Print quality / technology:
           -    Print technology: laser
           -    Print quality, black: 600 x 600 dpi
           -    Print quality, color: 600 x 600 dpi
           Paper handling / media:
           -    Input capacity, min.: 350 sheets
           -    Output capacity, min.: 200 sheets
           -    Duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper): automatic
           Memory: min. 256 MB


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                               129 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                           ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                       Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                         Comments
   no.                                                                                        YES/NO
           Connectivity:
           USB (hi-speed), parallel, network 10/100 Ethernet, wireless LAN
           Network protocols supported:
           TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, DLC/LLC, AppleTalk, Auto-IP, NDS, Bindery, NCP, Telnet etc.
           Client operating systems:
           Microsoft® Windows® 98, Me, 2000, XP®, Server 2003
           Network operating systems:
           Microsoft Windows 98, Me, 2000, XP, XP 64-Bit, Server 2003; Novell NetWare 3.2,
           4.2, 5.x, 6.x (NDPS)
           Consumables for 10.000 pages
           1 years on-site commercial warranty
  L 3.10   A0 Scanner
           Resolution
           -    2400 dpi maximum / 400 dpi optical / variable in 1 dpi steps
           Scan modes
           -    16.7 Million Colour RGB (24-bit)
           -    256 Level Greyscale (8-bit)
           -    Black & White (1-bit)
           Scan speed - 200 dpi
           -    full colour   2,1 cm/s
           -    greyscale     25,5 cm/s
           Scan speed - 400 dpi
           -    Full colour 1,05 cm/s
           -    greyscale     12,5 cm/s
           Image Width / Image length
           -    100 cm / unlimited
           Media Width
           -    110 cm

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                             130 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Media Feed System
           -    Reliable, front loading and straight through media path for user friendly jam-free
                operation
           -    Accurate, zero maintenance optical media sensors and automatic media size
                detection
           Colour Image Processing
           -    Gamma, Brightness, Black & White Point adjustment
           Digital Imaging Technology
           -    Contact Image Sensor (CIS) technology - requires no stitching or maintenance
                adjustment
           -    Instant scanning from power-on; unlimited life span
           -    36-bit digital colour image capture
           -    Factory set, permanent colour calibration
           User Status & Control
           -    LCD screen displaying scanner status, mode and settings
           -    Buttons for scan to file, scan to copy, scan to e-mail
           User Maintenance
           -    A0 plug 'n' play scanner
           -    Simple cleaning
           Operating system
           -    Windows™ XP & 2000
           Standard software
           -    ready-to-run software for scan_to_file, scan to copy, scan to e-mail
           -    Image Acquisition / TIFF, JPEG, PDF file formats supported
           -    Optional software package included (for image post processing)
           Scanner Interface kit (included)
           -    480 Mbits/sec USB 2 (on scanner) / 2m USB 2 cable / local power cable / rear
                media supports

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     131 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                 Compliance
                                       Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                  YES/NO
           Accessories: floor stand
  L 3.11   GIS SOFTWARE
           General characteristics
           The GIS software will link geographic information with descriptive information
           GIS software will present many layers of different information through digital maps
           that is able to provide:
           - Spatial and non-spatial data can be merged and manipulated simultaneously
           - Make connections between activities based on geographic proximity
           - Access to administrative records
           - Tool for enhancing decision making
           All the information on the digital maps will be stored as layers in digital format in the
           computer
           System must be a Geographic System based on a spatial database (as opposed to a
           CAD system based on maps)
           The Graphical User Interface should preferably be Windows XP
           Functional requirements
           GIS software should be able to perform two levels of operations.
           First level of operations has to include:
           -    Georeferencing scanned maps
           -    Work with digital data in a Romanian coordinate system: Stereographic 1970,
                Gauss Kruger, UTM and also with geographic coordinate system: WGS84
           -    Build/edit new geographic data sets quickly and easily
           -    Leverage geographic data to make better decision
           -    Automation of geoprocessing workflow
           -    View and analyze spatial data in new ways
           -    Manage all files, database and Internet data resources from a single application
           -    Display/generate complex maps (colour, size)
           -    Data Queries (SQL)/Retrieval
           -    Print geographic and thematic maps
           -    Spatial Relationship
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                       132 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Second level of operations has to be able for following operations:
           -    First level operations, and additionally
           -    Build rich, intelligent geographic databases
           -    Model complex, multi-user editing work flows
           -    Build and maintain spatial integrity including topological relationship between
                geographic features
           -    Manage and explore geometric networks
           -    Maintain spatial integrity between thematic layers and enforce user-defined
                business logic
           -    Manage a multi-user design environment with versioning
           Functions and tools for:
           -    Creation of intelligent digital maps to analyze, query for more information, print
                presentation or drawing (transportation system map, thematic maps including
                design of graphics)
           -    Entering and manipulating geographic information such as Delivery points
           -    A database management system
           - Development support on a very popular platform (VBA, .NET, JAVA, C++, COM)
           The GIS software has to be able to use information from many different sources:
           - Scanned maps at different scale
           - Satellite images
           - GPS measurements
           - Topographic measurements (COGO) - direction, length, parallel, perpendicular,
              (X, Y) coordinate
           - The existing digital information which may not yet be in the GIS format and must
              be converted
           - Tabular data that can be converted into map-like form
           The GIS transport system shall offer the following information:
           - Pipes of transport system (800 km for water system, 600 km for sewerage)
           - Characteristics of the delivery points



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     133 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                            Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                              Comments
   no.                                                                                             YES/NO
           The GIS system will be operated in order to find the Delivery Points or clients and
           their characteristics in a defined area, drawing the transportation map, creating
           thematic maps.
           The system must allow several levels of data access:
           - IT department users with capacity to modify the structure of the main application.
           - GIS department users with the capacity to create/modify GIS data
           - Other department user with the capacity to view part of the GIS data, especially
                thematic maps
           GIS must be able to work with the standard database and geographic system on
           import and export:
           - Data Bases: ORACLE, MS SQL Server, IBM DB2, Informix, MS Access
           - Geographic Systems: ESRI shapefile and Geodatabase
           - CAD System: AutoCAD, AutoDesk
           The GIS must be equipped with basic digital maps of Botosani county.
           - administrative limits
           - limits of urbanized zones (municipii, orase, comune, sate) with SIRUTA codes
           - main roads
           - main rivers
           - railways
           GIS Software Package components:
L 3.11.1   -    Server GIS software with electronic support. Server GIS functionalities:
                   Multiuser data management in DBMS (database management system)
                   Multiuser, configurable GIS data server
                   Act as the GIS gateway to spatial data stored in a RDBMS (relational
                    database management systems)
L 3.11.2       Network license for using a GIS with electronic support. License for
                creating/modifying data, creating thematic maps
L 3.11.3       Network license for using a GIS with electronic support. License for
                creating/modifying data, validating the data, loading the data into multi-user
                database.


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                  134 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
L 3.11.4       Network license for using a GIS with electronic support. License for viewing
                data only
L 3.11.5   -    License for mobile GIS software
           Mobile GIS specifications:
           The application must provide mapping, GIS, and GPS integration to field users via
           handheld and mobile devices
           Support for industry-standard vector (shapefile) and raster image display (MrSid,
           Jpeg, Bmp) in different coordinate system including Stereographic 1970
           Creating and editing spatial data using input from the mouse pointer, pen, or GPS
           Data querying to identify features, display hyperlinks, and locate features
           Providing tools for GIS Desktop applications
           Map measurement of distance, area, and bearings
           GPS software will provide:
           -    Creating and editing spatial data using input from the mouse pointer, pen, or
                GPS:
                   Create, edit, delete, and move features.
                   Add, delete, and move vertices for lines and polygons.
                   Append vertices to existing line features.
                   Capture GPS points while in the process of capturing a line or polygon with a
                    GPS (i.e., nested points).
                   Edit attribute information – introduction of attributes of the features in the
                    field
           -    Map navigation, including pan and zoom, spatial bookmarks, and center on the
                current GPS position
           -    Tools for GIS Desktop applications:
                    Mobile geodatabase editing with checking in/out data, converting, and
                     projecting your data from Desktop GIS for use in the field
                    Extracting, projecting, and converting vector data into shapefiles
                    Exporting symbology
           -    Map measurement of distance, area, and bearings

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     135 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           -    GPS support
                    ▪    National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) 0183
                        Display the next information:
                                 GPS mode (two-dimensional, three-dimensional, and DGPS)
                                 Speed / Course Over Ground
                                 Signal quality
                                 Position, altitude, and compass
                                 Differential (on/off)
                                 GPS Data Capture facilities

  L 3.12   MODELLING SOFTWARE
L 3.12.1   Water supply system modelling
           Simulate the flow, pressure distribution and water quality in a pressurised distribution
           network in order to analyze, operate, plan and to design the water supply system
           The model should work on a basis of the main principles of steady state, extended
           period analysis and water quality analysis
           Computing of flow rates in pipes and hydraulic grade line in nodes in a steady state
           analysis
           Computing dynamically using the extended period analysis to simulate flow rate and
           pressure in time, including storage tanks and reservoirs, also taking into account
           external demands and conditions and operational parameters such as control valves
           and booster pumps etc.
           The model must take into account control of pumps. Simulation of variable speed
           pumping must be available
           The model must take into account control of control valves
           - Pressure reduce valve
           - Flow control valve
           - General controlled valve using head-flow relationship
           Computing the flow and distribution of water with following features available:


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      136 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                 Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                   Comments
   no.                                                                                                  YES/NO
           -    Source tracking
           -    Water age
           -    Concentration levels and path of chemical constituents
           -    Fire hydrant rating curves i.e. fire flow analysis
           -    Capital and energy cost analysis, including design and rehabilitation optimizing
                capability
           -    Water Hammer analysis
           -    Developing of multiple design, planning, analysis and operational scenarios
           -    Calibration capability
           -    Control over demands allocation
           All data used in the model must be operated in an interactive data management,
           providing all data editing and presentation and working in a fully graphic environment
           The data management must be compatible with ODBC-linking
           All measures must be supported in SI unit system
           Displaying scaled background layers as a convenient drawing aid
           Automated conversion from the network CAD drawings directly to hydraulic models
           guaranteeing hydraulic connectivity
           Import topology and data from GIS and leverage any data stored in databases or
           spreadsheets
           Create persistent bidirectional connections between shapefiles, databases,
           spreadsheets and hydraulic model
           Visualize any parameter or data using property-based colour coding
           Generate contour maps
           Plotting of multiple attributes for a series of elements on the same profile. Storing,
           recalling, and modifying of the existing profiles.
           Reporting functionality: printer-ready reports, system-wide summaries and project
           inventories.
           Analyze tabular data with full unit control, built-in filtering, sorting, and statistical
           analysis
           Exporting of graphics for use in reports from all plans, longitudinal profiles and curves


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                       137 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                              Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                Comments
   no.                                                                                               YES/NO
           Export of numeric data for use in reports from calculation results
           The modelling system must be able to handle an amount of data corresponding 5000
           pipes
           Operation of the model should be held in English language
           Operation system should be Windows XP professional
           Documentation and the users manual should be original in English language and
           translated to the Romanian language
           Technical support including on-line help and yearly updates must be provided for a
           period of 3 years
L 3.12.2   Sewer system modelling
           Simulate dry weather situations and storm water situations in order to analyze,
           operate, plan and to design wastewater collection systems.
           The model should work on basis of an integration of surface runoff in urban
           catchments and hydrodynamic analysis in pipes.
           Calculate flows, water levels, flooding and backwater in a sewer system consisting of
           run-off areas, manholes, pipes, weirs, pumps, valves, basins etc
           The software has to model both pressurized force mains and gravity hydraulics,
           using steady-state analysis with various standard peaking factors and extended-
           period simulations
           Model simulates for a given sewer system and a given period of time:
           - all water levels in nodes
           - all flows, water levels, velocities in pipes.
           - all discharges for pumps, weirs etc
           The model must be able to take in to account the simple control of the system, such
           as control of maximum discharges depending of corresponding water levels,
           simulating water brakes, valves and moving gates
           The model will be able to automatically design an entirely new sewer
           network, sections of an existing system, or of a single pipe
           The model will de able to automatically determine cost-effective sewer designs
           The model will be able to automatically assess capital costs
           All data used in the model must be operated in an interactive data management,
           providing all data editing and presentation and working in a fully graphic environment
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                    138 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                     ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                 Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                   Comments
   no.                                                                                                  YES/NO
           The data management must be compatible with ODBC-linking
           All measures must be supported in SI unit system
           Displaying scaled background layers as a convenient drawing aid
           Automated conversion from the network CAD drawings directly to hydraulic models
           guaranteeing hydraulic connectivity
           Import topology and data from GIS and leverage any data stored in databases or
           spreadsheets
           Create persistent bidirectional connections between shape files, databases,
           spreadsheets and hydraulic model
           Visualize any parameter or data using property-based colour coding
           Generate contour maps
           Plotting of multiple attributes for a series of elements on the same profile. Storing,
           recalling, and modifying of the existing profiles.
           Reporting functionality: printer-ready reports, system-wide summaries and project
           inventories.
           Analyze tabular data with full unit control, built-in filtering, sorting, and statistical
           analysis
           Exporting of graphics for use in reports from all plans, longitudinal profiles and curves
           Export of numeric data for use in reports from calculation results
           The modelling system must be able to handle an amount of data corresponding 5000
           pipes
           Operation of the model should be held in English language
           Operation system should be Windows XP professional
           Documentation and the users manual should be original in English language and
           translated to the Romanian language
           Technical support including on-line help and yearly updates must be provided for a
           period of 3 years
           Training programme
           General matters



Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                       139 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                                 YES/NO
           There will be 2 training programmes:
           - Course 1. Water supply system modelling
           - Course 2. Sewer system modelling
           The trainers should prove at least 5 years of experience in engineering and
           performing of courses in the field of relevant modelling.
           Course language is Romanian
           Courses will be performed in meeting rooms set available in beneficiary (APA GRUP)
           headquarters or other adequate location
           All materials for the course must be provided except for the computers
           Course 1. Water supply system modelling
           The expert must be available at least 2 weeks for at least 80 hours teaching.
           Course content:
           - Understanding of the basically model-function and philosophy. Understanding of
              the computational operation of the model.
           -    Data management for all data groups.
           -    Small simulation situations with simple setups for steady state situation and
                source tracking, water age, path of chemical constituents, fire flow analysis, cost
                analysis, water hammer analysis.
           -    Getting familiar with all graphical environment for the presentation of simulation
                data
           -    How to create local data necessary for running the model
           -    Detection of the local problems in the water net to be handled with the water
                supply model in terms of rehabilitation and new constructions.
           -    Simulation training with the local skeleton model, in connection with the detected
                local problems, include all the facilities performed by the model
           -    Teaching philosophy of calibration of the model. Demonstration of the use of
                measured data to calibrate the model. Automated calibration
           -    Determining available fire flows
           -    Optimal designing
           -    Importing elevations from digital elevation models
           -    Scenario management

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                      140 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                               Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                 Comments
   no.                                                                                                YES/NO
           Course 2. Sewer system modelling
           The expert must be available at least 2 weeks for at least 80 hours teaching.
           Course content:
           - Understanding of the basically model-function and philosophy. Understanding of
              the computational operation of the model
           -    Data management for all data groups.
           -    Small simulation situations with simple setups for dry weather situation and storm
                water run-off situations.
           -    Getting familiar with all graphical environment for the presentation of simulation
                data.
           -    How to create local data necessary for running the model.
           -    Detection of the local problems in the sewer system to be handled with the sewer
                model in terms of rehabilitation and new constructions.
           -    Simulation training with the local skeleton model, in connection with the detected
                local problems including all the facilities performed by the model simulating.
           -    Teaching philosophy of calibration of the model. Demonstration of the use of
                measured data to calibrate the sewer system model. Simulations should
                underline the use of calibration.
           -    System rehabilitation and new design using modelling software
           -    Infiltration & inflow studies
           -    Capital cost estimation
           -    Scenario management

  L 3.13   GPS Receiver
           Handheld
           Microsoft Windows Mobile Version 5.0 for Pocket PC
           400 MHz Intel X-Scale processor
           Memory: min. 32 MB RAM and 512 MB internal Flash disk
           Sealed SD card slot
           Colour display min. 240 × 320 pixels

Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                     141 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                             ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                         Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                           Comments
   no.                                                                                          YES/NO
           Rugged and water-resistant design
           Internal battery min. 6000 mAh lithium-ion, rechargeable in unit
           IP 54 standard
           Communications
            Bluetooth wireless / 802.11b wireless LAN
            USB and Ethernet 10/100 BaseT modules
           GPS features
           Channels - 12 (L1 code and carrier/L2 carrier)
           Accuracy:
            Subfoot (30 cm) with postprocessing technology - with internal antenna
            Submeter accuracy in real-time
           Update rate 1 Hz
           Integrated SBAS1 (EGNOS enabled)
           RTCM real-time correction support
           NMEA or similar protocol support
           Multipath rejection technology
           Software included:
            Software for control of integrated GPS and in-field mission planning
            Microsoft ActiveSync®, Calculator, Explorer, Internet Explorer, Pocket – Excel,
               Outlook, Word
           Standard accessories and requested accessories by postprocessing technology
           should be included
           Hard carry case
           Vehicle power adaptor
           Guarantee 24 months
           Training in Romanian for all functions of the equipment shall be included to be
           performed in the Botosani city. 3 days training are required.
  L 3.14   Total Station
           Motorised Total Station which computes telescope positional changes and positions
           automatically the instrument


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                               142 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                    ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                  Comments
   no.                                                                                 YES/NO
           Measurements capabilities:
                   Angular Measurements
                   Infrared Distance Measurements (with prism or reflective tape)
                   Direct Distance Measurements (without prism or reflective tape)
           Technical requirements:
           Telescopic magnification / field of vision
                        30 x / 1°30 (26m/km)
           Shortest target distance
                        2m
           Angle measurement accuracy
                        5”
           Compensator
                        Two-axle oil compensator
           Range for infrared measuring with a standard prism
                   3.000 m (medium conditions) or better
           Range for infrared measuring with reflective tape
                   250 m
           Accuracy of infrared distance measurement (on prism)
                        2 mm + 2 ppm / < 1 sec (fine measurement)
           Range for direct distance measurement
                        150 m or better
           Accuracy of direct distance measurement
                        3 mm + 2ppm / 3s – 6s (normal mode)
           Internal data memory
                        > 8.000 data blocks
           RS232 - interface for data transfer
                        available


Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                      143 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                              Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                                Comments
   no.                                                                                               YES/NO
           Data formats
                        GSI8/GSI16/IDEX/dxf/user definable
           Display
                        LCD, illuminated and heatable
           Keyboard alfanumeric
           Plumb on the vertical axis
                        Laser plumb with variable intensity - available
           Protection against water and dust (per IEC 60529)
                   IP 54 (splashproof)
           Working temperature range
                   – 10°C to + 40°C
           Power supply
                        NiMH accumulator ( min 4.000 mAh)
           Onboard software:
                      Orientation, height transmission, free stationing, surveying (with/without
                       coding), staking out, tie distance, reference line, remote height, area
                       calculation
           Requested accessories
                     Data transfer cable from total station to PC
                     Tribarch – detachable and interchangeable with optical plummet &
                       circular bubble -1
                     Tripod wooden telescopic tripod -1
                     Single circular prism with pole & bipod for pole - 2
                     battery (Ni MH) - 2
                     Battery charger - 1
                     Prism holder -1
                     circular prism ranging pole with adaptor & bubble level, - 1
                     aluminium tripod stand, - 1
                     tripod stand for range pole should be supplied - 1
                     software for data integration and for transfer to GIS system.
           All the accessories should be from original manufacturer only.
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                                    144 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                           ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems


  Item                                                                                       Compliance
                                      Minimum technical requirements:                                         Comments
   no.                                                                                        YES/NO
           1 sets of audio-visual manuals should be provided
           Guarantee 24 months
           Training in Romanian for all functions of the equipment shall be included to be
           performed in the Botosani city. 3 days training are required.




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                                             145 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



TENDER FORM FOR A SUPPLY CONTRACT

Publication reference: Europeaid/121117/D/S/RO

Title of contract: Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water
and wastewater network at Botosani, Romania
                                                                            <Place and date>

A: <Name and address of Contracting Authority >.



    One signed original form must be supplied (for each lot, if the tender procedure is divided
    into lots), together with the number of copies specified in the Instruction to Tenderers. The
    form must include a signed declaration using the annexed format from each legal entity
    making the application. Any additional documentation (brochure, letter, etc) sent with the
    form will not be taken into consideration. Applications being submitted by a consortium
    (ie, either a permanent, legally-established grouping or a grouping which has been
    constituted informally for a specific tender procedure) must follow the instructions
    applicable to the consortium leader and its members.

    An economic operator may, where appropriate and for a particular contract, rely on the
    capacities of other entities, regardless of the legal nature of the links which it has with
    them. It must in that case prove to the contracting authority that it will have at its disposal
    the resources necessary for performance of the contract, for example by producing an
    undertaking on the part of those entities to place those resources at its disposal. Such
    entities, for instance the parent company of the economic operator, must respect the same
    rules of eligibility and notably that of nationality, as the economic operator.
1      SUBMITTED BY
                                                                                              2
                             Name(s) of tenderer(s)                                Nationality
            Leader



            Member



            Etc …




        1
          add/delete additional lines for members as appropriate. Note that a subcontractor is not
        considered to be a member for the purposes of this tender procedure. Subsequently, the
        data of the subcontractor must not appear in the data related to the economic, financial and
        professional capacity. If this tender is being submitted by an individual tenderer, the name of
        the tenderer should be entered as 'leader' (and all other lines should be deleted)
        2
         Country in which the legal entity is registered




2006                                                                                        Page 146
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems
2      CONTACT PERSON (for this tender)

          Name


          Address



          Telephone
          Fax
          E-mail


3 ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL CAPACITY
                                                         3
Please complete the following table of financial data based on your annual accounts and your
latest projections. If annual accounts are not yet available for this year or last year, please provide
your latest estimates, clearly identifying estimated figures in italics. Figures in all columns must be
on the same basis to allow a direct, year-on-year comparison to be made (or, if the basis has
changed, an explanation of the change must be provided as a footnote to the table). Any
clarification or explanation which is judged necessary may also be provided.
                                                                                                                  4
                Financial data                    Year            Last year   This year   Next year     Average
                                               before last
                                                   €                 €           €           €             €
                    5
    Annual turnover , excluding this
    contract
                                 6
    Cash and cash equivalents at
    beginning of year
    Net cash from / (used in) operating,
                                     7
    investing & financing activities
    excluding future contracts
    Net forecast cash from/ (used in) future
    contracts, excluding this contract
                                 6
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of
    year [ie, the sum of the above three
    rows]

3
  if this application is being submitted by a consortium, the data in the table above must be the sum
of the data in the corresponding tables in the declarations provided by the consortium members –
see point 7 of this tender form for a supply contract.
4
   Amounts entered in the 'Average' column must be the mathematical average of the amounts
entered in the four preceding columns of the same row.
5
  The gross inflow of economic benefits (cash, receivables, other assets) arising from the ordinary
operating activities of the enterprise (such as sales of goods, sales of services, interest, royalties,
and dividends) during the year.
6
  Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, together with short-
term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash, and that are
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. An investment normally meets the definition of a
cash equivalent when it has a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition. Equity
investments are normally excluded, unless they are in substance a cash equivalent (e.g. preferred
shares acquired within three months of their specified redemption date). Bank overdrafts which are
repayable on demand and which form an integral part of an enterprise's cash management are also
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.
7
   Operating activities are the main revenue-producing activities of the enterprise that are not
investing or financing activities, so operating cash flows include cash received from customers and
cash paid to suppliers and employees. Investing activities are the acquisition and disposal of
long-term assets and other investments that are not considered to be cash equivalents. Financing
activities are activities that alter the equity capital and borrowing structure of the enterprise.
Interest and dividends received and paid may be classified as operating, investing, or financing
cash flows, provided that they are classified consistently from period to period. Cash flows arising
from taxes on income are normally classified as operating, unless they can be specifically identified


2006                                                                                         Page 147
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems
with financing or investing activities.

4 STAFF RESOURCES
                                                    8
Please provide the following personnel statistics for the current year and the two previous years.
         Average               Year before last            Last year                  This year
        manpower
                            Overall      Total for    Overall       Total for   Overall      Total for
                                          fields                     fields                   fields
                                        related to                 related to               related to
                                           this                       this                     this
                                                  9                          9                        9
                                        contract                  contract                  contract
                      10
  Permanent staff
                11
  Other staff
  Total
  Permanent staff               %           %           %              %          %             %
  as a proportion of
  total staff (%)
8
   if this tender is being submitted by a consortium, the data in the table above must be the sum of
the data in the corresponding tables in the declarations provided by the consortium members – see
point 7 of this tender form for a supply contract.
9
    corresponding to the relevant specialisms identified in point 5 below
10
     staff directly employed by the Tenderer on a permanent basis (ie, under indefinite
contracts)
11
      other staff not directly employed by theTenderer on a permanent basis (ie, under fixed-
term contracts)




2006                                                                                       Page 148
5 FIELDS OF SPECIALISATION
Please use the table below whose objective is to indicate the relevant specialisms related to this contract of each legal entity making this tender, by using the
names of these specialisms as the row headings and the name of the legal entity as the column headings. Show the relevant specialism(s) of each legal entity by
placing a tick () in the box corresponding to those specialisms in which the legal entity has significant experience. [Maximum 10 specialisms]
                                          Leader                   Member 2                   Member 3                   Etc …
 Relevant specialism 1
 Relevant specialism 2
       12
 Etc …
12
   add / delete additional lines and/or rows as appropriate. If this tender is being submitted by an individual legal entity, the name of the legal entity should be
entered as 'Leader' (and all other columns should be deleted)




2006                                                                                    Page 149
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                                                                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 – 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems

6 EXPERIENCE
Please complete a table using the format below to summarise the major relevant supplies carried out in the course of the past 3 years by the legal entity or entities
making this tender. The number of references to be provided must not exceed 15 for the entire tender
  Ref # (maximum 15)               Project title         …
  Name of legal entity      Country           Overall      Proportion     No of staff      Name of        Origin of        Dates        Name of members
                                              supply      supplied by      provided          client       funding                              if any
                                          value (EUR)      legal entity
                                                               (%)
 …                        …               …              …               …              …               …               …               …
                                    Detailed description of supply                                                  Related services provided
 …                                                                                                      …




2006                                                                                    Page 150
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



7         TENDERER'S DECLARATION(S)
       To be completed and signed by the tenderer (including one from each member in a
       consortium).
       In response to your letter of invitation to tender for the above contract,
       we, the undersigned, hereby declare that:
1      We have examined and accept in full the content of the dossier for invitation to tender No
       <……………………………….> of <date>. We hereby accept its provisions in their entirety, without
       reservation or restriction.
2      We offer to deliver, in accordance with the terms of the tender dossier and the conditions and time
       limits laid down, without reserve or restriction:
       Lot no [….]: [description of supplies with indication of quantities and origin]
       Lot no [….]: [description of supplies with indication of quantities and origin]
       Lot No [….]: [………………………………………………………….……]
       Lot No [….]: [……………………………………………………………….]
3      The price of our tender excluding spareparts and consumables, if applicable [excluding the
       discounts described under point 4] is:
       Lot No 1: [……………………………………………..]
       Lot No 2: [……………………………………………..]
       Lot No 3: [……………………………………………..]
4      We will grant a discount of [%], or […………..] [in the event of our being awarded Lot No… and Lot
       No… ………].
5      This tender is valid for a period of 90 days from the final date for submission of tenders.
6      If our tender is accepted, we undertake to provide a performance guarantee of 10%, as required by
       Article 11 of the General Conditions.
7      Our firm/company [and our subcontractors] has/have the following nationality:
       <……………………………………………………………………>
8      We are making this tender in our own right [as member in the consortium led by < name of the
       leader / ourselves > ]*. We confirm that we are not tendering for the same contract in any other
       form. [We confirm, as a member in the consortium, that all members are jointly and severally liable
       by law for the execution of the contract, that the lead member is authorised to bind, and receive
       instructions for and on behalf of, each member, that the execution of the contract, including
       payments, is the responsibility of the lead member, and that all members in the joint
       venture/consortium are bound to remain in the joint venture/consortium for the entire period of the
       contract's execution].
9      We are not in any of the situations excluding us from participating in contracts which are listed in
       Article 3 of the instructions to tenderers. In the event that our tender is successful, we undertake, if
       required, to provide the proof usual under the law of the country in which we are established that
       we do not fall into the exclusion situations listed in section 2.3.3 of the Practical Guide to contract
       procedures for EC external actions. The date on the evidence or documents provided will be no
       earlier than 1 year before the date of the notification of award, in addition, we will provide a sworn
       statement that our situation has not altered in the period which has elapsed since the evidence in
       question was drawn up.
       We also understand that if we fail to provide this proof or evidence of the financial and economic
       capacity and the technical and professional capacity according to the selection criteria within 15
       calendar days after receiving the notification of award, or if the information provided is proved false,
       the award will be considered null and void.
10     We agree to abide by the ethics clauses in Clause 23 of the instructions to tenderers and, in
       particular, have no potential conflict of interests or any equivalent relation in that respect with other
       candidates or other parties in the tender procedure at the time of the submission of this application.
11     We will inform the Contracting Authority immediately if there is any change in the above
       circumstances at any stage during the implementation of the contract. We also fully recognise and
       accept that any inaccurate or incomplete information deliberately provided in this application may
       result in our exclusion from this and other contracts funded by the European Communities.
12     We note that the Contracting Authority is not bound to proceed with this invitation to tender and
       that it reserves the right to award only part of the contract. It will incur no liability towards us should
       it do so.

Name and first name: <[…………………………………………………………………>

Duly authorised to sign this tender on behalf of:
<…………………………………………………………………………………… …>
Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                   151 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,                  ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems



Place and date: <…………………………………………………………….………….>]

Stamp of the firm/company:

This tender includes the following annexes:

[Numbered list of annexes with titles]




4. TENDER GUARANTEE FORM

                                        Specimen tender guarantee
              < To be completed on paper bearing the letterhead of the financial institution >
     For the attention of <Address of the Contracting Authority> referred to below as the “Contracting
                                                Authority”
                                                                                        <Date>

       Title of contract: Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment for the water and
       wastewater network at Botosani, Romania
       Identification number: Europeaid/121117/D/S/RO

       We, the undersigned, <name and address of financial institution>, hereby irrevocably declare that
       we will guarantee as primary obligor, and not merely as a surety on behalf of <Tenderer's name
       and address> the payment to the Contracting Authority of <amount of the tender guarantee>, this
       amount representing the guarantee referred to in article 11 of the Procurement Notice.

       Payment shall be made without objection or legal proceedings of any kind, upon receipt of your first
       written claim (sent by registered letter with confirmation of receipt) if the Tenderer does not fulfil all
       obligations stated in its tender. We shall not delay the payment, nor shall we oppose it for any
       reason whatsoever. We shall inform you in writing as soon as payment has been made.

       We note that the guarantee will be released at the latest within 45 days of the expiry of the tender
       validity period, including any extensions, in accordance with Article 8 of the Instructions to
       Tenderers.

       The law applicable to this guarantee shall be that of the country of the Contracting Authority. Any
       dispute arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to the courts of the
       country of the Contracting Authority.

       The guarantee will enter into force and take effect from the submission deadline of the tender.

       Name: …………………………… Position: …………………

       Signature: ……………..

       Date:




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                                  152 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




5 STATEMENT OF ORIGIN

A statement should be made by the tenderer and completed for each lot.
Example:
LOT No.: 1
Please find our express statement that all supplies, equipment and services to be supplied under the
contract will have their "origin" in a Member State of the European Union or CARDS countries.
The Community concept of "origin" is to be interpreted according to the legal definition which was initially
contained in Council Regulation (EEC) No. 802/68 (OJ L148 of 28.06.68, p.1.), and is now in the
Community Customs Code (Regulation No. (EEC) 2913/92 (OJ L302 of 19.10.92)) and its implementing
regulation (Regulation (EEC) No. 2454/93 (OJ L253 of 11.10.93). The corresponding jurisprudence of the
Court of Justice of the European Communities must also be taken into account.


ITEM         DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLE                                              Country of Origin**

L1.1

L1.2

L1.3

L1.4




**The usage of the expression “European Community”, “European Union”, “EU” or Cards” is not
acceptable here. The specific country, whose relevant organisation will issue the relevant supporting
documentation on Origin for the manufacture of the goods is required to be inserted here.


Name: …………………………… Position: …………………
Signature: ……………..
Date:




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                             153 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,               ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




6 FINANCIAL IDENTIFICATION


                                              ACCOUNT HOLDER

NAME


ADDRESS


TOWN/CITY

POSTCODE

CONTACT PERSON

TELEPHONE

FAX

VAT NUMBER


                                                      BANK

NAME


ADDRESS


TOWN/CITY

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT NUMBER

SWIFT CODE (8-

IBAN




  BANK STAMP+SIGNATURE of BANK                                    DATE + SIGNATURE       of   ACCOUNT
  REPRESENTATIVE (Both Obligatory)                                HOLDER: (Obligatory)




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                             154 / 155
Botosani: Rehabilitation and Modernisation of the Water Supply,   ISPA 2004 RO 16 P PE 001 - 03
Sewerage Collection and Wastewater Treatment Systems




Supply of Diagnostic, Maintenance and Modelling equipment
for the water and wastewater network                                                 155 / 155

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:2
posted:12/17/2012
language:English
pages:155